Home

Table of Contents 1 - Ford C

1. 250 Exhaust fumes 176 H F Hazard flashers 253 Fail safe cooling 286 Hp Radio cacaos 442 Fan Engine Cooling 279 Headlamps Fleet MyKey programming 64 AMINE uuuoscdescsee reet aig Dents 296 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 524 bulb specifications flash to pass a iie high bear duse replacing bulbs 298 299 Head restraints High voltage battery GlATgIHB is sectis service disconnect High voltage shut off Hill start assist sss Homelink wireless control RM RU EET EA Hood MEME TN TEE MN How to use voice commands 434 I Ignition es 172 345 Illuminated visor mirror Information displays Inspection maintenance I M WESUING m Instrument panel CLEANING unsere detti GIUSLGE enanas Intelligent Access Key J Joining two calls multiparty conference call 386 Jump starting your vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus K Keyless entry system AMILOLOGK eA een 74 KEYS ssesdevdescas teresa 56 81 positions of the ignition 172 L Lamps bulb replacement specifications chart 305 fog lamps 3 se reme
2. 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 172 Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles 8 kilometers after you connect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You may disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise When starting your vehicle avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine
3. Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi point vehicle inspection It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle It is your checklist that gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle You will know what has been checked what is okay as well as those things that may require future or immediate attention The multi point vehicle inspection is one more way to keep your vehicle running great 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 363 Ei GENIL ome nene PATH E DAA avamag Famn Sor t t Barbra Multi Point Inspection Report Card as Recommended by Ford Motor Company Tios alo poc Man ine mg martin Ebbi Md Web Model Nka Dee Oiee ONE OO is 5m IL ra trates 1 mtm was ey E di aaa bos E quipped E TAD STNE sad ra Wr er m ubi as eodd RFT LT im LE m 00 OOO OO o AS loas rior amans JE iim cong sister in oe tas nt crga ME WtARIMCICATES anui C amen amo oan OO mm ross wpn F E votar a resets I E m ear pact ray mO OJO morosa sot ac ennemis ra CEE A ves urg m z Corriente Service Advisor Customer Signature Technician mm nem a ea Fart Msi cam pa fg Pua Customer Capy 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA
4. 2 Return to your car 3 Press and hold the function button you want to program for 2 seconds then release Repeat this step Depending on the brand of 4r garage door opener you may need to repeat this sequence a third time To program additional buttons repeat steps one through four For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Erasing the Function Button Codes Note You cannot erase individual buttons 1 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons gt A flash rapidly Y 2 When the indicator lights flash release the buttons The codes for all buttons are erased Reprogramming a single button To program a device to a previously trained button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired button Do NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the button follow Step 1 in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped 167 Programming HomeLink to a Genie Intellicode 2 garage door opener Note The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener Programing the transm
5. LOAD LIMIT Vehicle loading This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Load Carrying 237 PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle
6. Setting 911 Assist On Press the Information button Apps 911 Assist then select On You can also access 911 Assist by e Pressing the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 Assist or e Pressing the Settings icon gt Help gt 911 Assist To Make Sure that 911 Assist Works Properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident e A Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone has to be paired and connected to SYNC 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 476 MyFord Touche If Equipped e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U S Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would activate 911 Assist however if 911 Assist is triggered SYNC tries to contact emergency services If a connected phone is damaged or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call
7. schedule 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 474 MyFord Touche If Equipped College football My teams schedule Weather map Scores WNBA headlines Golf headlines NBA headlines WNBA schedule Golf leaderboard NBA schedule WNBA scores Alerts Press the Information button then select Alerts You can select a message and choose to e View the complete message e Delete the message e Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault etc Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow When the messages are read or deleted the icon returns to white Calendar Press the Information button then select Calendar You can view the current calendar by day week or month 911 Assist If Equipped WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on prior to a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional 2013 C Max Full
8. 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 381 Adjusting the Interaction Level Push the voice icon when prompted say Voice settings then i any of the following Interaction mode standard Provides more detailed interaction and guidance Interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts The system defaults to the standard interaction mode Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request For example the system may ask Phone is that correct If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Confirmation prompts on Confirmation prompts off The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command When turned on you may be prompted with as many as four possibilities for clarification For example Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home Or Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe Phone candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Media candidate lists off Helpful Hints e Make sure the i
9. Hotel A Coffeehouse Food Drink 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 495 73 Nightlife Attraction This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple Dr categories within the system When you are viewing additional information for hotels cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has certain services and facilities using icons Hotel Services and Facilities Restaurant 24 Hr Room Service f KF lt Business Center Fitness Center 5 e Handicap Facilities Internet Access Refrigerator 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 496 MyFord Touche If Equipped For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in and check out times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route Press the Settings icon Settings Navigation Map Preferences bottom or bottom to top Set the automatic parking POI notification When parking POI notification is on parking POI icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map
10. IGNITION SWITCH IF EQUIPPED Note When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle do not leave your key in the ignition This could discharge your vehicle battery Note To switch the engine off when your vehicle is moving move the transmission selector lever to position N Use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop After your vehicle has stopped switch the engine off and move the transmission selector lever to position P Turn the key to position 0 or 1 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 173 0 Off The ignition is off I Accessory Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate II On All electrical circuits are operational Warning lamps and indicators illuminate This is the key position when driving III Start Cranks the engine Release the key as soon as the engine starts KEYLESS STARTING IF EQUIPPED 4 WARNING The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as mobile phones Note A valid key must be located inside the vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine Note When locking your vehicle any remote controls left inside the vehicle may become disabled A message may appear in the information display indicating that there is no key detected if you try to start the engine Press the unlock button on the remote control t
11. you MUST have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable available for purchase from Apple9 When the cable is connected to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Playing Music from Your Device Insert your device and select the USB or SD Card tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options When you select Repeat the currently playing song or album random order currently playing More Info Displays information such as current track artist name album and genre 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 455 Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo if equipped DSP if equipped Occupancy Mode if equipped and Speed Compensated Volume Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings which can be found under Settings later in this chapter Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device Update Media Index indexes the device each time it is connected to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device Browse Browse the contents of the device It also allows you to search by genre artist album etc To view song information such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen al
12. 5 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Turn the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of turning the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Security 83 8 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the engine and operate the remote entry system if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter If it was not programmed successfully wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8 If you are still unsuccessful bring your vehicle to your authorized dealer Wait 20 seconds and then repeat this procedure from Step 1 to program an additional key Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key See your authorized dealer to have additional keys programmed to your vehicle ANTI THEFT ALARM IF EQUIPPED The system will warn you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle It will be triggered if any door the luggage compartment or the hood is opened without using the key or the remote control The park and turn lamps will flash and the horn will sound if unauthor
13. Note You may hear a rumbling noise when one or both of the rear windows are open Lower a front window slightly to reduce this noise Press the switch to open the window Lift the switch to close the window One Touch Down Press the switch fully and release it Press or lift it again to stop the window One Touch Up Lift the switch fully and release it Press or lift it again to stop the window Global Opening Note The ignition must be off and the accessory delay feature must not be activated to operate this feature Note To disable this feature contact your authorized dealer Press and hold the unlock button on the remote control to begin opening the windows Release the button once motion starts The windows will continue opening Press the lock or unlock button on the remote control to stop motion 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Windows and Mirrors 97 Window Lock Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls It will illuminate when the rear window controls are locked Bounce Back If Equipped The window will stop automatically while closing It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature Proceed as follows to override this protection function when there is a resistance e g in the winter 1 Close the window twice until it reaches the resistance and let it reverse 2 Close the win
14. Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 74 Locks Autolock and Unlock If Equipped The autolock feature will lock all the doors when e all doors are closed e the ignition is on e you shift into any gear putting the vehicle in motion and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 4 mph 7 km h The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when e autolock has locked the doors e you stop the vehicle and switch the ignition off or to accessory mode and e the driver s door is opened within 10 minutes Note The doors will not autounlock if you have electronically locked them before opening the driver s door Enabling or Disabling Autolock and Autounlock Note Your authorized dealer can perform this procedure or you can do the procedure yourself To enable or disable these features do the following Note You will have 30 seconds to complete the procedure 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Press the power door unlock button three times 3 Switch the ignition off 4 Press the power door unlock button three times 5 Switch the ignition on The horn will chirp indicating the programming mode has been entered Autolock Press the power door unlock control then the lock control The horn will chirp once if autolock was disabled or twice one short and one long chirp if autolock was enabled Autounlock Press the power door lock control then the unlock control The horn will chirp once if autounlock was disabled or
15. are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand the command 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 385 Phone book commands When you ask SYNC to access a phone book name number etc the requested information appears in the display to view Press the phone button and say Call to call the contact DIAL 411 four one one 911 nine one one etc 700 seven hundred seven hundred 800 eight hundred eight hundred 900 nine hundred nine hundred 7 pound slash Asterisk Clear deletes all entered digits Delete deletes one digit 2 Plus Note To exit dial mode press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the PHONE menu Making Calls Press the voice icon and when prompted say 1 Say Call lt name gt or Dial then the desired number 2 When the system confirms the number say Dial again to initiate the call To erase the last spoken digit say Delete or press the left arrow button To erase all spoken digits say Clear or press and hold the left arrow button To end the call press and hold the phone button Receiving Calls When receiving a call you can Answer the call by pressing this button on your steering wheel SUN controls Pr Reject the call by pressing this button on your steering wheel t controls Ignore t
16. e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting e mmediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Vehicle Care 307 e Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash e Note Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash Off as soon as possible Exterior Chrome Note Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers e Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash e Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag e Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces for a period of time exceeding that which is recommended e Note Using other non recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage Underbody
17. 16 kilometers to completely relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy Note If you do not allow the engine to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the engine computer eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel trim strategy CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES a Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade E to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES Note Use the service position in winter to provide easier access to the front wiper blades for freeing them from snow and ice The front wipers will not return to their normal position as soon as you switch on the ignition The front wipers will stay in the service position when you switch the ignition on or start the engine Switch on the front wipers to any mode then switch off the front wipers to bring the front wipers back to the park position 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 291 Note The windshield wiper blades are different in length If you install wiper blades of the wrong length the wipers may not work correctly If equipped with autowipers the rain sensor may not work correctly Setting the Front Wipers in the Service Position 1 Make sure that the outside of the windshield is free from snow and ice 2 Switch on the ignition 3 Switch off the ig
18. 1st Printing USA fus 298 Maintenance REMOVING A HEADLAMP 1 Make sure the lighting control is in the off position and open the hood 2 Remove the two screws from the headlamp assembly 3 Carefully pull the headlamp assembly as far as possible towards the center of the vehicle to disengage it from the lower fixing point 4 Carefully lift the outer side of the headlamp and remove it 5 Disconnect the electrical connector CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions These are examples of acceptable condensation e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 299 These are examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the
19. 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 484 MyFord Touche If Equipped Navigation Have the system use guidance prompts State Province information Work occurs on the map and ice on the road may occur Have the system display where there may be reduced visibility Have the system turn on your radio for traffic announcements Avoid Areas Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation routes Phone Settings Press the Settings icon Settings Phone then select from the following Bluetooth Devices Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth on and off Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail Have the system display areas where difficult driving conditions may occur and not ring inside the vehicle With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside the vehicle 911 Assist Turn 911 Assist on and off See 911 Assist in the SYNC applications amd services section 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 485 Phone Ringer Text Message Notification Internet Data Connection Manage Phonebook Select the type of notification for phone calls ring tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Select the type of notification for text messages alert to
20. 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuses 271 a J Notused used _ T D D R4 Microrelay Front wiper PRS TC Not used ooo R6 Micro relay _ Front and rear wiper high low r7 Powerrelay Vacuum pump R8 Powerrelay Mgnition feed ra Nouse Ru Notusea 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 272 Fuses Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located on the right side below the glove box ea g ia a The fuses are coded as follows Number Rating 56 20A Fuel pump supply ECCE M ee AS 858 JjNoeused p EGET pack Glove box illumination point rear view mirror 63 Notus 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuses 273 Number Rating 604 J Neusd sd BELLE 20A Driver door unlock supply Double lock 7 5A Cell phone passport C MAX Energi 68 Notuseda 6 5a instrument cluster Climate control module so 20A Notused spare Drive door unlock supply Double lock Electronic 15 feed LT Restraints control module Passenger air bag deactivation indicator 87 Noted 88 Notused s Noted ____ 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing US
21. 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 452 MyFord Touch If Equipped SIRIUS Troubleshooting Tips Radio Displa Possible Action Call SIRIUS Satellite service has Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 been deactivated by 1 888 539 7474 to SIRIUS Satellite Radio reactivate or resolve subscription issues No Channels Available All the channels in the Unlock or unskip the selected category are channels using the locked or skipped channel guide Subscription Updated SIRIUS has updated None the channels available for your vehicle CD Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen then select the CD tab When you select Choose to repeat the currently playing track all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on NNI a order or turn the feature off if already on Options Sound Adjust Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo if equipped DSP if equipped Occupancy Mode if equipped and Speed Compensated Volume settings Compression Turn the compression feature on and off Look through all available audio sources You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 453 CD Voice Commands EM If you are listening to a CD press the voice button on the i steering wheel control When prompted say any of the command
22. C Normal wipe D High speed wipe A Shortest wipe interval B Intermittent wipe C Longest wipe interval Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval Speed Dependent Wipers If Equipped When your vehicle speed increases the interval between wipes will decrease when intermittent wipe is selected 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 88 Wipers and Washers AUTOWIPERS IF EQUIPPED Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure the windshield wipers are switched off before entering a car wash Note Replace the wiper blades as soon as they begin to leave bands of water or smears on the windshield Note If autolamps have been switched on in conjunction with autowipers low beam headlamps will illuminate automatically when the rain sensor activates the windshield wipers continuously Note Wet road conditions can cause unexpected wiping or smearing To reduce smearing we recommend the following e Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers e Switch to normal or high speed wipe e Switch the autowipers off A Highest sensitivity B On C Lowest sensitivity The wipers will function when moisture is detected on the windshield The rain sensor will continue to monitor the amount of moisture on the windshield and adjust the speed of the wipers automatically Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity
23. For example if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist you could then say refine album and choose a specific album from the list to view If you then select Play the system only plays music from that specific album Press the voice icon and when prompted say Bluetooth Audio and then any of the following BLUETOOTH AUDIO Phone Media Bluetooth Connections Play next track Play previous track 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 410 SYNC Media Menu Features The media menu allows you to select your media source how to play your music by artist genre shuffle repeat etc and also to add connect or delete devices 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select Play Menu Play your music by artist album genre playlists tracks similar music or to simply play all You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device See Play Menu later in this section for more information Select Source SYNC USB Press OK to access music plugged into your USB port You can also plug in devices to charge them if supported by your device Once connected the system indexes any readable media files The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media content being indexed If Autoplay is on you can access media files randomly a
24. Fuel Interval Time Intervals Economy History Avg Fuel Economy Regen Active ue Charge Assist pply to a Battery Display screens Charge Level overlay Heb T e Fuel History This view from left to right starts with the instantaneous fuel economy gauge and adds historical fuel economy data The data is represented as an average for time intervals of either 1 2 or 6 minutes with the left most interval being the most recent Total time for the 5 intervals is shown at the bottom of the view Interval time can be selected in the options sub menu For Energi vehicles a blue outline indicates Plug in Power was used at least half of that interval Intervals shown in grey color are from the previous drive e Coach This view provides a comparison of your recent Acceleration Braking and Cruising behavior to what is recommended for most efficient use of energy under present conditions The horizontal bars fill from left to right with best behavior and Blue color shown as at least half full When the bars are less than half full the color is Amber suggesting that a change in behavior is needed to achieve better energy efficiency Note that fuel economy is not always a measure of appropriate driving behavior For example when driving uphill and maintaining an appropriate speed your instant fuel economy may not be good losing leaves but the Coach may show a blue bar for Acceleration or Cruising 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 3
25. Getting roadside assistance 252 CD player ita 138 452 Getting the service you CD voice commands 453 O EG 259 Cell phone use een 15 Ordering additional owner s e literature 2 uic eee teet 265 Changing the air filter 293 Utilizing the Child safety restraints 27 29 Mediation Arbitration Child safety seats PLOT isses 263 attaching with tether straps 29 D automatic locking mode retractor eat 35 LATCH LL 97 Defrost D 148 rear window sess 152 Child safety seats booster TN Dipstick A em E 22 Lour automatic transmission Cleaning the touchscreen 428 TU aaa 288 Cleaning your vehicle E 306 engine oil En 279 280 engine compartment 308 Display settings 479 instrument panel 310 D INGEMION alli 309 Sent lod 70 plastic parts wo cece 307 CA n Washing lena 306 Driving under special A E en pron 307 CONGIUIONS essit baee 211 wheels coooocccncoconccooonnncnannnnncnnn noo 311 through water sisri 247 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Index 523 Dual automatic temperature Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV 187 control DATO ses 148 Floor MATS eiie 248 E Fluid capacities 346 Fog lamps transitada 93 Eco Mode 44e 185 Forward and reverse sensing Electronic message center 111 SY SCCM i rise sisse retento 220 Electronic stability co
26. Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 134 Audio System Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only wiping from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean in a circular motion Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods of time MP3 Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 individual tracks and folder structures work as follows e There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present e MP8 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 e Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structure
27. Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche If Equipped 433 Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right side of your steering wheel to scroll through the available modes Entertainment Phone ES Navigation EN Climate You can make selections from the menu by using the OK button The selection menu expands and you are allowed different options e Press the up and down arrows to scroll through the modes e Press the right arrow to enter the mode e Press the left or right arrows to make adjustments within the chosen mode e Press OK to confirm your selection Note If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Compass appears in the display instead of Navigation If you press the right arrow to go into the Compass menu you can see the compass graphic The compass displays the direction in which the vehicle is traveling not true direction i e if the vehicle is traveling west the middle of the compass graphic displays west north displays to the left of west though its true direction is to the right of west 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 434 MyFord Touche If Equipped USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation
28. The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was travelling e Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Note EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic Directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed
29. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 520 Appendices CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE I
30. Wheels and Tires 333 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to be checked When You Believe Your System Is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended Please refer to the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system Low tire Possible cause Customer action required pressure warning light Solid warning Tire s 1 Make sure tires are at the proper light under inflated pressure See Inflating your tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 82 km h before the light turns off TPMS If the tires are properly inflated but malfunction the light remains on contact your auth
31. Yellow zone L E Fixed guideline Red zone NY F Rear bumper rr tl F SS Active guidelines are only shown with fixed guidelines To use active guidelines turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path If the steering wheel position is changed while reversing the vehicle might deviate from the original intended path The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position When the steering wheel position is straight the active guidelines are not shown Always use caution while reversing Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are further away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle Selectable settings for this feature are ACTIVE FIXED FIXED and OFF 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 230 Parking Aids Visual Park Aid Alert Note Visual park alert is only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The visual park aid alert allows the driver to view the area that is being detected by the reverse sensing system The system uses red yellow and green highlights which
32. do not activate the 911 Assist feature See your SYNC chapter for more information Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicles current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service Ford Motor Company and the vendors it uses to provide you with this information do not store your vehicle travel information For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See your SYNC supplement for more information CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Note Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate for more information 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners
33. do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate in the U S or Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid in Canada Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Note Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as thes
34. driver airbag ssssssss 45 maintenance free 289 passenger airbag 45 replacement specifications 350 Side airbag oeste 45 50 servicing eee 289 Air cleaner filter 292 293 350 traction battery pack uM assembly asini citato Et tede 200 AAD DIE exis aeons ias dedo Booster seats ooooococcnnoccccccoocnnononnns 22 Ambient mood lighting 95 480 Brakelamp ANEM aec nad 440 high mount brakelamp 304 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 522 Index Brakes iran 213 wiper blades 309 antilokk isis 213 Climat d 490 anti lock brake system ABS ima e volce comman S eret warning light cnn 213 Dd viana 135 478 brake warning light 213 fluid checking and adding 288 posu E a 2 fluid refill capacities es ae 346 over ea DIEM fluid specifications 346 Coolant cer ders 282 lubricant specifications 346 checking and adding 282 parking 215 recovery reservoir miii 279 shift interlock u 210 refill capacities 346 specifications sssss 346 Customer Assistance 252 a qn Ford Extended Service Capacities asain Aas O40 A iei 355 357 Cargo area shade 23b Getting assistance outside OD ara 135 140 141 the U S and Canada 263
35. front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death WARNING Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your Advance Trac system activates SLOW DOWN The AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control RSC system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface The electronic stability control ESC portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides and roll stability control helps avoid a vehicle rollover The traction control system TCS helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction For details on TCS operation see the Traction Control chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA
36. fus 364 Scheduled Maintenance NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE AND LOG C MAX Full Hybrid Normal Scheduled Maintenance At every oil change Change engine oil and filter the information tread depth 10000 miles recommended 12 months Consult dealer for requirements Inspect brake pads shoes rotors drums brake linings hoses and parking brake Inspect engine cooling system and motor electronics cooling system strength and hoses Inspect exhaust system and heat shields Inspect half shaft boots and tie rod ends Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between service intervals Reset your oil monitor system after each engine oil and filter change See the nformation Displays chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 365 Additional Maintenance Items Every 20000 miles Replace cabin air filter 32000 km Every 30000 miles Replace engine air filter 48000 km At 100000 miles Change engine coolant and motor electronics 160000 km coolant Every 100000 miles Replace spark plugs 160000 km Every 150000 miles Change automatic transmission fluid 240000 km Replace auxiliary transmission fluid pump filter Gf the vehicle is equipped with the Auto Stop Start feature Additional maintenance items can be performed within 3000 miles 4800
37. the rate of the audible warning increases When the obstacle is fewer than 12 inches 30 centimeters away the warning sounds continuously If a stationary or receding object is detected farther than 12 inches 30 centimeters from the side of the vehicle the tone sounds for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the warning sounds again A Coverage area of up to 6 feet 2 meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper LN bd e eno A The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in R e and moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less e but not moving and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less e and moving at a speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h Front Sensing System The front sensors are active when the gearshift is in any position other than P Park or N Neutral and the vehicle speed is below 7 mph 12 km h 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Parking Aids 221 aad A Coverage area of up to 27 inches mm 70 centimeters from the front of 4 the vehicle and about 6 14 inches P 15 35 centimeters to the side of A the front end of the vehicle Refer f j to the reverse sensing section for x
38. the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 238 Load Carrying Example only SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE me oom comers sep OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDTIONAL SPARE T145 80D16 420 KPA 60 PSI INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI e TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY 1 p FRONT 5 TRER 3 1 ARRIERE NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL LAVANT The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 492 kg or 1085 Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou Ib PNEU PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 PSI INFORMATION RE VOIR LE MANUEL P235 70R16 240 KPA 3
39. unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 160 Seats Lumbar adjustment if equipped POWER SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seat back when the vehicle is moving WARNING Before returning the seat back to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seat back 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seats 161 Power Lumbar If Equipped A 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 162 Seats REAR SEATS Folding the Seat Back If Equipped 1 Press the button on the outboard side of each rear outboard headrest to fold them Make sure the rear center headrest is in the full down position 2 To fold the seat pull the lever up on the outboard side of the seat 3 To return the seat to the upright position rotate the seat back upward until the seat back latches e REAR SEAT ARMREST IF EQUIPPED Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cup holder 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seats 163 HEATED SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion
40. 1400 440 900 60 Ib Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Towing 243 TOWING A TRAILER WARNING Never tow a trailer with this vehicle Your vehicle is not equipped to tow No towing packages are available through an authorized dealer WRECKER TOWING If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure If the vehicle is towed incorrectly or by any other means vehicle damage may occur Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck ope
41. 1st Printing USA fus 448 MyFord Touche If Equipped Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo if equipped DSP if equipped Occupancy Mode if equipped and Speed Compensated Volume Set Category for Seek Scan allows you to select the desired category Rock Country etc and then use Seek or Scan to initiate a search for those channels Parental Lockout allows you to lock and unlock channels change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 Artist Title Team Alerts allows you to select Artists Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears on the screen you can choose to Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing on a satellite radio channel Note SIRIUS does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN is required when communicating with SIRIUS about your account Direct Tune Enter the desired satellite channel number using the on screen keypad Browse View a list of a
42. 93 headlamps flash to pass 90 interior lamps 22 nene 93 replacing bulbs 298 299 304 LATCH ANCHOTS aa 27 A 72 76 77 Lights warning and indicator 106 Listening to music 439 Load limits caritas 236 Locks A 74 clildproot 23 3 eer 31 OO eU EHE EE 70 Lubricant specifications 346 Lug TUUS iie 344 M Making and receiving calls 461 MAP DVD Loading and Unloading evocan 461 Map ICONS unica 499 Map Mode ueniret 497 Map preferences 496 Map updates esss 501 Index 525 Media Bluetooth menu options adding connecting deleting turning on off een 414 Message center sss 111 warning messages 124 MITON S aint 98 100 fold away ocoooooccccnnoccccnonancncnannnos 98 side view mirrors power 98 Motorcraft parts 306 350 MyFord Touch system 426 MyKey eene 64 N Navigation features 492 Navigation voice commands 501 INOUFIGablOIIS sai 474 O Octane rating sssss 188 P Pairing other phones 388 461 Pairing your phone 460 Pairing your phone for the first time pirisee 382 460 Parental MyKey programming 64 Park Assia eeu 222 Parking brake 215 Parts see Motorcraft parts 350 Passenger Occupant Classification Senso
43. Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 371 SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions you need to perform additional maintenance as indicated If you occasionally operate your vehicle under any of these conditions it is not necessary to perform the additional maintenance For specific recommendations see your dealership service advisor or technician Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing in the information display Example 1 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message comes on at 28751 miles 46270 kilometers perform the 30000 mile 48000 kilometer automatic transmission fluid replacement Example 2 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message has not come on but the odometer reads 30000 miles 48000 kilometers perform the engine air filter replacement i e Intelligent Oil Life Monitor was reset at 25000 miles 40000 kilometers Extensive Idling or Low speed Driving for Long Distances as in Heavy Commercial Use i e Delivery Taxi Patrol Car or Livery As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently Replace cabin air filter servi
44. Engine On WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Set the parking brake and shift to position P 2 Block the wheels 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 278 Maintenance OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the instrument panel 2 Go to the front of the vehicle 3 Raise the hood slightly and release the secondary latch located under the front center of the hood 4 Raise the hood and support it with the prop rod 5 Lower and secure the prop rod in the clip 6 Lower the hood and allow it to drop the last 8 to 11 inches 20 to 30 centimeters Note Make sure that the hood is closed properly 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 279 UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 0L ATK iVCT Engine WARNING The inverter system controller contains various high voltage components that can cause serious injury or death The inverter system controller is not serviceable and should never be touched probed or tampered with Note Do not attempt to service any of the high voltage components or wiring For easier identification the high voltage wiring insulation is color coated orange A Engine coolant reservoir cap B Engine oil fille
45. Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash e If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover WAXING e Wash the vehicle first e Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives e Do not allow paint sealant to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim such as grained door handles roof racks bumpers side moldings mirror housings or the windshield cowl area The paint sealant will grey or stain the parts over time 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 308 Vehicle Care REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products CLEANING THE ENGINE WARNING Exposure to high voltage may result in severe personal injury or death High voltage components must be serviced by a trained service technician Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease a
46. Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 168 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode garage door opener motor Note You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor To program HomeLink to the garage door opener motor 1 Press and hold the PROGRAM button on the garage door opener motor until both blue LED s turn on 2 Release the PROGRAM button Only the smaller round LED should be on 3 Press and release the program button The larger purple LED will flash Note The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds 4 Press and release the Genie Intellicode 2 hand held transmitter s previously programmed button Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple 5 Press and hold the previously programmed button on the sun visor for 2 seconds Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves Programming is now complete At this point programming is complete Clearing a HomeLink device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash The LED will begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds at which time both buttons should be released Programming has now been erased and the led should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any of the three HomeLink buttons are pressed FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Comp
47. Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 369 Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 370 Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE
48. Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 475 WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in the vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a collision Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If 911 Assist is turned on or off by any user that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message icon comes on or both when the vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone For more information about 911 Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter
49. If Equipped 481 Enable Valet Mode Note If you are locked out and need to reset the PIN you can enter 3681 and the system unlocks Valet mode allows you to lock the system so that none of your information on the system can be accessed until it is unlocked with the correct PIN 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Enable Valet Mode 2 When prompted enter a four digit PIN After you press Continue the system is locked until the correct PIN is entered again Settings Access and adjust system settings voice features as well as phone navigation and wireless settings Some of these settings can also be accessed with regard to their specific modes i e phone and media System Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt System then select from the following System Language Select to have the touchscreen display in English Spanish or French Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit System Prompt Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the Volume system Touch Screen Button Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made through the touchscreen Touch Panel Button Select to have the system beep to confirm button choices made through the climate or audio system Keyboard Layout Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC format Install Applications _ Install any downloaded applications or view the current
50. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Introduction 13 Note Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information
51. MyKey chapter e The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See the Using MyKey with Remote Start System chapter I cannot clear the e Key in the ignition does not have admin restricted keys privileges e No restricted keys are programmed to the vehicle See the Creating a MyKey chapter e The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See the Using MyKey with Remote Start System chapter key dealer I lost a key e Program spare keys as outlined under SecuriLock in the Security chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyKey 69 I accidentally e The vehicle has a remote start system that programmed all keys is recognized as an admin key See the Using as restricted keys MyKey with Remote Start System chapter to reset all restricted keys using remote start No restricted key e An admin key is present at engine start up functions with e No restricted keys are programmed to the intelligent access key vehicle See the Creating a MyKey chapter push button start Restricted key e An unknown key has been programmed to programmed total the vehicle as a restricted key includes one additional e The vehicle is equipped with a remote start key system See the Using MyKey with Remote Start Systems chapter Admin keys e An unknown key has been programmed to programmed total the
52. OMS AVS 3J J9J0 O N e SN TO 1090W puerg oneuju amp g umrmurodq OMS UAVS e3J J94010 X juopeAmb q JO 9ureN Hed PIOA ju o02 J9 OIJUOD 9 TT syrenb T I uro s s Joj1oAu 91Ue 002 ourSuo CIO Seb gua ong Vv que OOD aurgua s3renb 9 TL S VA WRI TEP send gp cy O SUSUH 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Capacities and Specifications 348 ogeurep uoissrursueJ osneo ACU PM popuouruloood ayy uey 19440 pmp Aue jo asf TeAI9 ut 92IAI9S 1294102 9Y DUTULIOJOP 0 SIMUPUAUTOM PIMPOYIS oj IJOY pip uorssmusuerz AT eNOJUHIN 18 19 1030 osn Aquo pmoys pm uorssmusuer AT sNOOSIIN 3J 124030 X e1mboz yey suorssrursuer oneuroqny sosueyo ping Surmp Area Aew junoure enjoy Ajoedeo Ty Arp ojeurxoaddy ogeurep urojs s oxerq osneo Aew prj popueuruiooo4 ay ueuj Joujo pm Aue Jo asf 9 SSB GZ6F OSI pu ZY G9DIN SSM Surjoeur juo eAmbo JO PIM J exe1g ooueurojioq UStH ATP LOC ee121030JN ATUO asf Xue on Clee moma a CIL TS Xue ong suoyes GET XVW O epeue pm I9useAY preryspuim Apend umud DUTCH T Sn 91e amp nuo2uo paImbal se mq 4 pue q g v 28 0XO 19USeAA PIOTISPUIM sm V GS OZ UNTU9IJ YeI910OJ p10 equny Hed PIOA JO JWEN 118g pO cV 9TIdHSIC HSA epeueo ping AouseAa PIOTUSPUIM 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 349 Capacities and Specifications aporyaa INOA ur peddmbo
53. Printing USA fus 240 Load Carrying e Example only MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO TE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG FRONT GAWR XXXXL REAR GAWR XXXXLI XXXXKG WITH XXX XX S XXXX XX AT XXX kPa XX PSLCOLD AT XXX KPaXX P THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MO VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX ooo TYPE XXX XXXXX UTA UY AMIE A UTUI EXTPNT XX RC XX DSO we TINTTR TTPIPS b a TR SPR XXXXX XX XX XXX eden XXX_XXXX XXXXXXX XX MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE xx xx GUWR PNBY 3000x LBAOOXKG SERD FRONT GAWR PNBE AY REAR GAY PIBE AR E a XXXX p xxx KGA MU AC tes Peas QUE 3000 OOK XXXX poco XXXXXX RIMS TANTES XXxXXX AT AkPa PSI LPC oox xx COLD A FROID xoxx xx me AE m COMPLIES3000 500x Xoox Apo iil E TW PS TR AXE mi SPR X XX X XXXX XXX pee XXX OO000C 000000CXX WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Load Carrying 241 WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the
54. Rental Car Reimbursement If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or manufacturer s recalls Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford ESP coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you are ready to sell your car prospective buyers may feel better about taking a risk on your used vehicle Ford ESP may add resale value Plus exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including e Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts e Out of fuel and lock out assistance e Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car e Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 356 Ford Extended Service Plan Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford ESP Service Contract With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Avoid the rising cost of properly maintaining your vehicle Ford ESP also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive ca
55. Turn the feature on This enables you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound See HD Radio information later in this chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 441 You can Go to the next strong AM or FM radio station Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo if equipped DSP if equipped Occupancy Mode if equipped and Speed Compensated Volume settings Set PTY for Seek Scan allows you to select category of music you would like to search for and then choose to either seek or scan for the stations RDS Text Display allows you to always view the information broadcast by FM stations by selecting On Auto Presets AST allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location TAG Button if available allows you to tag a song to download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD Radio is active You can press TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information is transferred if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download See HD Radio information later in this chapter Direct Tune Enter the desired station number when prompted P
56. When power demand surpasses the amber indicator this level of demand and associated fuel economy are shown in amber Hold OK to reset average fuel economy MyView You can choose what to display in this view Selecting Change MyView in the Options menu allows you to scroll through two columns of content choices The content you select is saved to the current driver s key as MyView e Avg Fuel Indicates the average fuel consumption since the function was last reset e Power When the transmission is in a drive gear only this gauge shows you vehicle power 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 117 e Split Power This gauge indicates the power being supplied by the vehicle s two power sources the high voltage battery and the gasoline engine When the hybrid system is operating in electric vehicle mode without the gasoline engine EV is displayed e Power Threshold When the transmission is in a drive gear only this gauge shows you vehicle power demand and gasoline engine on off threshold It is designed to show you how close you are to the gasoline engine on off threshold and how much power you are requesting by how much you press on the accelerator pedal e Tach rpm x 1000 When the gasoline engine is running the tachometer gauge displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM When the vehicle is operating on battery power only EV is displaye
57. a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys This is normal The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds e g baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required SOS POST CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag eq
58. a tire or other objects use the black air hose only Do not use the transparent hose which is designed for sealant application only Operating the temporary mobility kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio CD and DVD player operation if equipped 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 338 Wheels and Tires What to Do When a Tire Is Punctured A tire puncture within the tire s tread area can be repaired in two stages with the temporary mobility kit e n the first stage the tire will be reinflated with a sealing compound and air After the tire has been reinflated you will need to drive the vehicle a short distance approximately 4 miles 6 kilometers to distribute the sealant in the tire e n the second stage you will need to check the tire pressure and adjust if necessary to the vehicle s tire inflation pressure First Stage Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air WARNING Do not stand directly over the temporary mobility kit while inflating the tire If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire s sidewall during inflation stop and call roadside assistance WARNING If the tire does not inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes stop and call roadside assistance Preparation Park the vehicle in a safe level and secure area away from moving traffic Turn the hazard lights on Apply the parking brake and turn the engine of
59. an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences See your authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter Note A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle all eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitter or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible See your authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition 2 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of turning the ignition off insert the second previously coded key into the ignition
60. and Information if equipped 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 380 SYNC USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you Initiating a Voice Session Push the voice icon a tone sounds and Listening appears in the us display Say any of the following If you want to Make calls Access the device connected to your USB port Bluetooth Audio Stream audio from your phone Line in Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack Cancel the requested action Return to the main menu Voice settings Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback Vehicle Health Report Run a vehicle health report Access the SYNC Services portal Mobile apps Access mobile applications Help Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode If equipped U S only System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system You can change these settings at any time
61. and phonebook if automatic download is set to on Return exits the current menu when you press OK If you select Send Text Message 1 Press OK to select If the system detects your phone does not support this feature Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the main menu Scroll to cycle through the message options in the following chart Press OK when the desired selection is in the display The system now needs to know who to send the message to Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries You can also select Enter Number to audibly enter a desired number Press OK to enter the desired menu and scroll to select the specific contact Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again to confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message Each text message is sent with the following signature This message was sent from my Ford or Lincoln Qv gm Coop 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 392 SYNC Pre defined text message options Can t wait to see you I m stuck in traffic Accessing Your Phone Settings These are phone dependent features Your phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone text message notification modify your phone book and also set up automatic download 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Phone Settings appears then press OK 3 Scroll to select from the
62. and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request When using voice commands words and icons may also appear in the lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session i e listening success failed paused or try again How to Use Voice Commands with Your System EB Press the voice icon after the tone speak your command i clearly What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current session do one of the following e During a voice session press the help icon in the lower left status bar of the screen e Say What can I say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session e Press the voice icon After the tone say Help for an audible list of possible voice commands 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 435 To Access a List of Available Commands e Press the Settings icon Help Voice Command List OR e Press the voice icon after the tone speak your command clearly Tf equipped Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of the vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pr
63. and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map Re centering the map can be done by pressing this icon whenever you scroll the map away from your vehicle s current location Auto Zoom Press the green bar to access map mode then select the or zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the touchscreen When the Auto button is pressed Auto Zoom is turned on and Auto is displayed in the bottom left corner of the screen The map zoom level then synchronizes with vehicle speed The slower the vehicle is traveling the farther in the map is zoomed in the faster the vehicle is traveling the farther the map is zoomed out To turn the feature off just press the or button again 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche If Equipped 499 Map Icons Vehicle mark shows the current location of the vehicle It stays in the center of the map display except when in scroll mode Scroll cursor allows you to scroll the map the icon is fixed in the center of the screen The map position closest to the cursor is in a window on the top center part of the screen Address book entry default icon s indicates the location on the map of an address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map A different icon can be select
64. are available for your vehicle please contact your dealer or visit our online store at Accessories Ford com U S only Ford Custom Accessories are available for your vehicle through your local Ford or Ford of Canada dealer Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly dealer installed Ford Custom Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories The accessories will be warranted for whichever provides you the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12000 miles 20000 kilometers whichever occurs first Or e the remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact your dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Exterior style e Hood deflectors e Side window deflectors e Splash guards e Custom graphics Interior style e Floor mats Lifestyle e Ash cup smoker s package e Soft cargo organizers e Cargo net e Roof racks and carriers e Recovery hook Peace of mind e Keyless entry keypad e Remote start e Vehicle security systems 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 354 Accessories e Wheel locks e Bumper mounted parking assist system Ford Licensed Accessories FLA are warranted by the accessory manufacturer s warranty Ford Licensed Accessories are fully designed and developed by the accessory manufacturer and have not been designed or te
65. are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 510 Appendices Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features TeleNav Software End User License Agreement Please read t
66. arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 511 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the TeleNav Software to provide TeleNav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software License Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the TeleNav Software in object code form only in order to access and use the TeleNav Software This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or lei
67. because it is not required by federal law G H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the Speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law M Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 321 H U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in
68. been attempted within the last hour e the vehicle is not in P e the vehicle battery voltage is too low e the powertrain malfunction reduced power indicator was on the last time the vehicle was driven 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 62 Keys and Remote Control Remote Starting the Vehicle Note Each button press must be done within three seconds of each other The vehicle will not remote start if this sequence is not followed and the horn will not chirp The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure To remote start the vehicle 1 Press the lock button to lock all the doors 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will chirp if the system fails to start unless quiet start is on Quiet start will run the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce noise It can be switched on or off Refer to the nformation Displays chapter Note If the vehicle has been remote started and is equipped with an integrated keyhead transmitter you must turn the ignition on before driving the vehicle If equipped with an intelligent access transmitter you must press the START STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving the vehicle The power windows will be inhibited during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically The parking lamps will remain on and the vehicle will run for 5 10 o
69. best possible experience a contact form has been developed to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Every station is independently owned and operated These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate See the following chart for potential station issues 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 445 Potential Station Issues Isme Cause Action Echo stutter skip or repeat in audio Increase or decrease in audio volume Sound fading or blending in and out Audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3 multicast preset Or direct tune Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or from a direct tune Text information does not match currently playing audio No text information shown for currently selected frequency HD2 through HD7 stations not found when Scan is pressed Poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio The digital multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded Once decoded the audio is available The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Pressing Scan disables HD2
70. blinking power point is in fault mode The power point temporarily turns off power if the 150 watt limit is exceeded It can also switch to a fault mode when it is overloaded overheated or shorted Unplug your device and turn the ignition off then on for overloading and shorting conditions Let the system cool off then turn the ignition off then on for an overheating condition The power point is not designed for electric devices such as e Cathode ray tube type televisions e Motor loads such as vacuum cleaners electric saws and other electric power tools compressor driven refrigerators etc Measuring devices which process precise data such as medical equipment measuring equipment etc e Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply microcomputer controlled electric blankets touch sensor lamps etc 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Storage Compartments 171 CENTER CONSOLE WARNING Use only soft cups in the cupholder Hard objects can injure you in a collision Your vehicle may be equipped with a variety of console features These include Ay v4 A Cupholder B Storage compartment with auxiliary power point auxiliary input jack USB port and media hub C Auxiliary power point if equipped OVERHEAD CONSOLE The appearance of the overhead console will vary according to your option package Press near the rear edge of the door to open it
71. camera features on or off while in R Reverse Make sure the vehicle is not moving The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind the vehicle During operation lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle s path and proximity to objects behind the vehicle The camera is located on the liftgate Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in R Reverse The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle l Active guidelines Show the intended path of the vehicle when reversing 2 Fixed guidelines Show the actual path the vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line which can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning the vehicle with another object behind the vehicle 3 Centerline Helps align the center of the vehicle with an object i e a trailer 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 228 Parking Aids Note If the transmission is in R Reverse and the trunk liftgate is ajar no rear view camera features are displayed Note If the image comes on while the transmission is not in R Reverse have the system inspected by your authorized dealer Note When towing the camera only sees what is being towed behind the vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operati
72. carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 Ib 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 Ib 13 5 kg each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 lb Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 6 x 13 5 kg 635 495 67 5 72 5 kg 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 242 Load Carrying e Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 Ib 635 kg cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 Ib 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib 99 kg the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 Ib No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 Ib 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100
73. desired speed Press and release SET Canceling the Set Speed Pull CAN toward you and release or tap the brake pedal The set speed will not be erased Resuming the Set Speed Pull RES toward you and release Switching Cruise Control Off Note The set speed is erased when you switch off cruise control Press and release OFF or switch off the ignition ECO Cruise Control This feature saves vehicle energy by relaxing acceleration compared to standard cruise control For example your vehicle may temporarily lose speed when going uphill ECO will appear in the information display when ECO cruise control is activated It can be switched on or off in the information display Refer to the Information Displays chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving Aids 233 STEERING Electric Power Steering WARNING The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected a steering message will appear in the information display WARNING The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected a message will be displayed in the information display If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by res
74. details on coverage area gt ut The system sounds an audible warning when obstacles are near either bumper in the following manner e Objects detected by the front sensors are indicated by a high pitched tone from the front radio speakers Objects detected by the rear sensors are indicated by a lower pitched tone from the rear radio speakers e The sensing system reports the obstacle which is closest to the front or rear of the vehicle For example if an obstacle is 24 inches 60 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and at the same time an obstacle is only 16 inches 40 centimeters from the rear of the vehicle the lower pitched tone sounds e An alternating warning sounds from the front and rear if there are objects at both bumpers that are closer than 10 inches 25 centimeters For specific information on the reverse sensing portion of the system refer to that section Press the button to switch the N H system off It will remain off for the entire ignition cycle A Puja OFF 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 222 Parking Aids ACTIVE PARK ASSIST IF EQUIPPED WARNING This system is designed to be a supplementary park aid It may not work in all conditions and is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is responsible for avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe distance and speed even when the system is in use Note The drive
75. determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not The front passenger sensing system uses a pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 48 Supplementary Restraints System The indicator lamp is located under the climate controls The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is turned to the on position to confirm it is functional Note When the passenger airbag off light is illuminated the passenger seat mounted side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not lit then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the pass airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seat back in the full upright position e Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about
76. e In radio mode select a frequency band and press the SEEK button The system stops at the first station it finds down the band e In CD mode select the previous track or press and hold to rewind within the same track N Function Button 2 Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode i e radio or CD you are in O Function Button 1 Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode i e radio or CD you are in 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Audio System 137 P MENU Access different audio system features See Menu structure later in this section Q PHONE Access the phone features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information R AUX Access the media features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information S RADIO Access different radio features See Menu structure later in this section T CD Access different CD features See Menu structure later in this section MENU STRUCTURE Note Depending on your system some options may appear slightly different not at all or on screen and able to be selected using the function buttons Press MENU Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the options if active Press the right arrow to enter a menu Press the left arrow to exit a menu the frequency band channels on the AM and FM frequency bands PTY Set Category Sele
77. engine and leave the ignition in the on or accessory mode the ignition will shut off after 30 minutes 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 76 Locks LIFTGATE WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Manual Liftgate WARNING Make sure that the liftgate is closed to prevent exhaust fumes from being drawn into the vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate door open keep the vehicle well ventilated so outside air comes into the vehicle Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate Note Do not hang anything bike rack etc from the spoiler glass or liftgate This could damage the liftgate and its components Note Do not leave the liftgate open while driving This could damage the liftgate and its components The liftgate area is only intended for cargo not passengers pm To open the liftgate Press the button located in the top of the liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch the liftgate then pull on the outside 2
78. freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the coolant Adding Engine Coolant 1 Remove the Easy Fuel funnel from the storage compartment Refer to Running Out of Fuel for the location of the Easy Fuel funnel 2 Unscrew the engine coolant reservoir cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap 3 Position the Easy Fuel funnel in the engine coolant reservoir opening Push the Easy Fuel funnel neck fully into the engine coolant reservoir past the vent tube in order to avoid pouring the coolant into the vent tube and spilling the coolant on the ground 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 285 4 Add prediluted engine coolant to the engine coolant reservoir Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the engine coolant reservoir Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See the technical specifications chart in the Capacities and Specifications chapter 5 Close the engine coolant reservoir cap 6 Clean the Easy Fuel funnel 7 Store the Easy Fuel funnel in the storage compartment Whenever you add engine coolant check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the engine coolant level to the proper level Adding Inverter System Con
79. frontal and side collisions and in rollovers e Side airbags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions not rollovers rear impacts frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration e The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions or rollover events not in rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration or rollover likelihood AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Keys and Remote Control 55 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The remote control allows you to e remotely lock or unlock the vehicle doors e unlock the doors without actively using a key or remote control intelligent access only e remotely open the power liftgate if equipped e remotely start or stop the engine if equipped e arm and disarm the anti theft system e activate the panic alarm GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or
80. has been used the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph 80 km h and the maximum driving distance is 120 miles 200 kilometers The sealed tire should be inspected immediately Note After sealant use the TPMS sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer You can check the tire pressure anytime within the 120 miles 200 kilometers by performing the procedure from Second Stage Checking Tire Pressure listed previously 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 342 Wheels and Tires Removal of the sealant canister from the temporary mobility kit A 1 Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing 2 Locate the yellow cap at the end Y of the clear tube V 3 Using the yellow cap tool press the tab located on the temporary mobility kit compressor housing while pulling up on the sealant canister 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 343 Installation of the sealant canister to the temporary mobility kit 1 Align the sealant canister with the temporary mobility kit housing 2 Once aligned seat the sealant canister by lightly pushing down until you hear an audible click 3 Wrap the clear tube around the compressor housing UE S gt Note If you experience any difficulties with the removal or installation of the sealant canister consult your Ford Motor Company
81. have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuel and Refueling 199 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M Testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work the vehicle may need to be serviced See On board Diagnostics OBD II in this chapter Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case the vehicle is considered not ready for I M testing If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon indicator blinks eigh
82. improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Load Carrying 235 REAR UNDER FLOOR STORAGE The under floor storage compartments are located in front of the rear seats Make sure the lids are secure before driving LUGGAGE COVERS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Make sure that the posts are properly latched in mounting features The cover may cause injury in a sudden stop or accident if it is not securely installed WARNING Do not place any objects on the cargo area shade They may obstruct your vision or strike occupants of vehicle in the case of a sudden stop or collision Use the shade to cover items in the cargo area of your vehicle a Insert the ends of the cargo shade into the mounting features located behind the rear seat on the rear trim panels to install the shade To operate the shade 1 Pull the rear edge of the cargo shade rearward below and past the retention slots 2 Lift the shade up and secure both ends of the support rod into the retention slots located on the rear quarter trim panels 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 236 Load Carrying Remove the cargo shade by pressing the release lever on each side forward then lifting the shade out of the mounting feature You will see a red mark when the lever is unlatched
83. it will be necessary to reset memory features See Changing the Low Voltage Battery Contact your authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 316 Wheels and Tires TIRE CARE Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading c 7 Tire Quality Grades apply to new CL pneumatic passenger car tires The A Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 15
84. kilometers of the last oil change Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles 160000 kilometers then every three years or 50000 miles 80000 kilometers 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 366 Scheduled Maintenance C MAX Energi Normal Scheduled Maintenance At every oil change Change engine oil and filter the information Consult dealer for requirements display Inspect brake pads shoes rotors drums brake linings hoses and parking brake Inspect cabin air filter Inspect engine cooling system and motor electronics cooling system strength and hoses Inspect exhaust system and heat shields Inspect half shaft boots and tie rod ends Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Do not exceed two years or 20000 miles 32000 kilometers between service intervals Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change See Engine oil check in the Maintenance chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 367 Additional Maintenance Items Every 10000 miles Rotate tires inspect tire wear and measure 32000 km tread depth Inspect engine oil filter for corrosion Perform multi point inspection recommended Replace cabin air filter 32000 km Replace engine air filter 48000
85. km At 100000 miles Change engine coolant and motor electronics 160000 km coolant Every 100000 miles Replace spark plugs 160000 km Every 150000 miles Change automatic transmission fluid 240000 km Replace auxiliary pump inlet screen Replace auxiliary transmission fluid pump filter Gf the vehicle is equipped with the Auto Stop Start feature Additional maintenance items can be performed within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the last oil change Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval Inspect the engine oil filter for signs of damage such as rust paint blistering scratches or dents every one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers If any of these conditions are present change the filter then top off the engine oil if required Do not reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles 160000 kilometers then every three years or 50000 miles 80000 kilometers 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 368 Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Schedule Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope
86. lens Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Replacing Headlamp Bulbs WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb by only its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Note If the bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used B C Locating the Headlamp Bulbs A Turn lamp h B Low beam headlamp C High beam headlamp Replacing the High Beam Headlamp Bulb 1 Remove the headlamp assembly 2 Remove the service cap 3 Disconnect the electrical connector 4 Release the clip and remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 300 Maintenance Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp Bulb 1 Remove the headlamp assembly 2 Remove the cover 3 Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it 4 Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly Replacing the Side Lamp Bulb 1 Remove the headlamp assembly 2 Remove the service cap 3 Remove the bulb holder 4 Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly Install the new bulbs in reverse order Replacing the Fog Lamp Bulbs If Equipped Note You cannot separate the fog lamp bulb from the bulb holder 1 Remove t
87. lt name gt Repeat off 1 3 Search album lt name gt 01 3 Search artist lt name gt Search genre lt name gt l lt name gt is a dynamic listing meaning that it could be the name of any desired group artist etc Voice commands which are only available in folder mode Voice commands which are not available until indexing is complete Voice Command Guide Autoplay Turn on to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing process Turn off and the system does not begin to play any of your music until all media has all been indexed Indexing times can vary from device to device and also with regard to the number of songs being indexed Search Play Genre The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available begins to play the chosen type of music You can only play genres of music which are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 409 Similar Music The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information Search Play The system searches for a specific Artist Track Album artist track album from the music indexed through the USB port Refine This allows you to make your previous command more specific
88. moderate acceleration and deceleration Moderate braking is particularly important since it allows you to maximize the energy captured by the regenerative braking system Additional Tips e Do not carry extra loads e Be mindful of adding external accessories that may increase aerodynamic drag e Observe posted speed limits Perform all scheduled maintenance e There is no need to wait for your engine to warm up The vehicle is ready to drive immediately after starting EV Mode Your vehicle recognizes your frequent destinations and allows for more EV driving as you approach them For example when nearing your home it should be easier to stay in electric mode The EV indicator displays EV when this mode is active Frequent destinations are learned by your vehicle These locations can be cleared through the information display The EV feature can also be turned off See the Information Displays chapter for more information The EV mode usage changes are based on the following criteria e 1 2 mile 1 kilometer from a familiar destination your vehicle starts to raise the accelerator pedal based EV mode threshold e 1 8 mile 200 meters from a familiar destination your vehicle is in full EV mode e Infrequent destinations have no increase in EV driving Note Learning frequent destination takes approximately two to four weeks of use Note Familiar destination locations are reset through the information display when the trip
89. modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around your vehicle e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other short distance radio transmissions e g amateur radios medical equipment wireless headphones remote controls and alarm systems If the frequencies are jammed you will not be able to use your remote control You can lock and unlock the doors with the key Note Make sure your vehicle is locked before leaving it unattended Note If you are in range the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 56 Keys and Remote Control Intelligent Access If Equipped The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions are met e You touch the inside of the front exterior door handle e You press the luggage co
90. next or previous track Press and hold the seek button to e tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band e seek through a track VOICE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED j Pull the control to select or deselect voice control See the SYNC or MyFord Touch chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 86 Steering Wheel CRUISE CONTROL See the Cruise Control chapter INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL Use the arrows on the left side of the steering wheel to navigate the information display See the Information Displays chapter for more information Multimedia Controls If Equipped Use the arrows on the right side of steering wheel to navigate through the available menus Press OK to make a selection 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wipers and Washers 87 WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure the windshield wipers are switched off before entering car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that doesn t resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washer before wiping a dry windshield A Single wipe B Intermittent wipe
91. no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 188 Fuel and Refueling Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury e Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation e De particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction FUEL QUALITY Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage a loss of ve
92. not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 513 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software
93. or cables are broken split or damaged Carefully place cords and cables where they cannot be stepped on or interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Leave playing devices in the vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s user guide for further information e Attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer Speed restricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while the vehicle is in motion so they are restricted from being modified unless the vehicle is not moving Some examples of these are listed below e Screens that are too crowded with information such as Point of Interest POI reviews and ratings SIRIUS Travel Link sports scores movie times ski conditions etc 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 430 MyFord Touch If Equipped e Any action that requires using a keyboard such as entering a navigation destination or editing information e All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries e g phone contacts recent phone call entries Listed below are more specific features that can only be modified while the vehicle is not moving Restricted Features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone phonebook contacts from a USB recent phone call entries System Functionality Editing settings while the rear view camera or Active Pa
94. or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly e Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running Doing so could drain your vehicle s battery Adjust the control to the desired heat setting 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 164 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped HOMELINK WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 4 WARNING Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage WARNING Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 Note Ma
95. orange striped tape or both Do not come in contact with these components The high voltage battery system is a high voltage lithium ion battery system The pack is located in the rear cargo area The high voltage battery system uses an air cooled system to regulate the high voltage battery temperature and help maximize high voltage battery life The high voltage battery is equipped with air vents in the package tray that help to regulate its temperature It is important to keep these openings free of obstructions Do not block the flow of cabin air to this area No regular maintenance is required Note C MAX Energi vehicles will require regular charging 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus High Voltage Battery 201 CHARGING THE HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY C MAX ENERGI ONLY WARNING Do not use the 120 volt convenience cord with an extension cord or adapter WARNING In Canada do not use the 120 volt convenience cord in commercial garages WARNING This equipment has arcing or sparking parts that should not be exposed to flammable vapors This equipment should be located at least 18 inches 80 mm above the floor Charging Equipment Note Your vehicle comes equipped with a standard 120 volt convenience cord located in the floor compartment behind the driver s seat The 120 volt convenience cord allows you to charge the battery in your own garage using a standard 120 volt household o
96. original tires because they may lower the vehicles GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lb In metric units 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 Ib 635 kg cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to
97. pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 6 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 326 Wheels and Tires Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show sign
98. properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight 8 a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when the child is seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against your vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion e Can the child sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 22 Child Safety Types of Booster Seats e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top o
99. protection and dent resistance During vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information see the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Introduction 15 SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty see the warranty information that is provided to you along with your owner s manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNING Please read the Supplementary Restraints System chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury WARNING Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the con
100. rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color COLOR Fuse Mini Standard Maxi Cartridge Fuse link maxi rating fuses fuses fuses HS cartridge 2A Grey Grey 3A Violet Vile pne ESA pem Tan Tan E E 10A Red Red Bue Bue Natural Natural Natural Natural ome Green Green Red Red Red Blue Yellow Yelow AA ETIN o d o Blue Tan Brown 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 268 Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Pre Fuse Box Your vehicle is equipped with a pre fuse box located in the engine compartment attached to the positive battery post This box contains several high current fuses If replacement of these high current fuses is required see your authorized dealer Power Distribution Box WARNING Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the po
101. referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This owner s manual is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export See this owner s manual for all other required information and warnings 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Child Safety 17 GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consulting your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact
102. resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 325 Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which t
103. signifying it was saved When recalling an HD2 or HD3 memory preset there is a mute before the digital audio is played as the system must once again acquire the digital signal As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 444 MyFord Touche If Equipped HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential Reception Issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 through HD multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When a station is first received aside from HD2 through HD7 multicast stations the system first plays the station in the analog version and then if the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital This shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog is known as blending In order to provide the
104. software licenses Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults This erases all personal settings and personal data 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 482 MyFord Touche If Equipped Voice Control Press the Settings icon Settings Voice Control then select from the following Voice Control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Have the system ask you short questions if it Prompts has not clearly heard or understood your request Note Even with confirmation prompts turned off you may be asked to confirm settings occasionally Media Candidate Candidate lists are possible results from your Lists voice commands If these are turned off the system simply makes a best guess at your request Phone Candidate Candidate lists are possible results from your Lists voice commands If these are turned off the system simply makes a best guess at your request Voice Control Volume Allows you to adjust the voice volume level Media Player Press the Settings icon Settings Media Player then select from the following Media Player Autoplay With this feature on the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection and you can listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing proces
105. system is commonly known as the on board diagnostics system OBD II The OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples are 1 The vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 3 The fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Easy Fuel No Cap Fuel System in this chapter 4 Driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time the engine is started A driving cycle consists of a cold engine start up followed by mixed city or highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not
106. the amount of cooling required to maintain good performance Maintaining the battery temperature at optimal conditions also prolongs the useful life of the battery and helps to achieve better fuel economy What is the engine oil change The engine oil should be changed service interval every 10000 miles 16000 km under normal operating conditions See the Scheduled maintenance information Can I put E15 or E85 in my Your hybrid vehicle can use E15 vehicle and how will it affect my 1596 ethanol 8596 gasoline fuel fuel economy but you may notice slightly reduced fuel economy because ethanol contains less energy per gallon than gasoline Your hybrid vehicle is not designed to use E85 8596 ethanol How long will my high voltage The high voltage battery system is battery last Does it need designed to last the life of the maintenance vehicle and requires no maintenance 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Unique Driving Characteristics 185 Can you charge the battery with a There are no provisions for plug into an A C outlet charging the high voltage battery from a power supply external to the vehicle For C MAX Energi vehicles the vehicle can be plugged into a 110 volt outlet with charge cord provided Can I tow the hybrid behind my Yes Your hybrid vehicle can be motor home with all four wheels flat towed without modification down See the Recreational towing sectio
107. the buckle When in use the rear safety belts should be placed in the belt guides on the outboard seatbacks 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Safety Belts 35 Restraint of Pregnant Women WARNING Always ride and drive with your seat back upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure Pregnant women should always wear their safety belts The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNING After any vehicle collision the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function WARNING BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failu
108. the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Windows and Mirrors 99 Signal Indicator Mirrors The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing will blink when the turn signal is activated Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors They are designed to assist you by increasing visibility along the side of your vehicle Check the main mirror first before a lane change then check the blind spot mirror If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance signal that you are going to change lanes Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches A The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches B The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror C 2013 C Max
109. the parking space prevents the system from aligning the vehicle properly Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly i e not inflated correctly improper size or of different sizes moving truck bed etc The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly i e driving from REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage WARNING Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system WARNING Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Parking Aids 227 WARNING Use caution when using the rear video camera and the liftgate is ajar If the liftgate is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines if enabled have been removed when the liftgate is ajar WARNING Use caution when turning
110. the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices memory Sticks and charge devices if supported See the SYNC chapter for more information MEDIA HUB IF EQUIPPED The media hub is located in the center console and has the following features A A N inputs B SD card slot C USB ports ga A B For more information see the MyFord Touch chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Audio System 145 SATELLITE RADIO INFORMATION IF EQUIPPED Satellite Radio Channels SIRIUS broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio Reception Factors Potential Satellite Radio Reception Issues Antenna For optimal reception performance keep the obstructions antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings
111. then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE e Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent e Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE op
112. to drive Transmission Operation Due to the technologically advanced electronically controlled continuously variable transaxle you will not feel shift changes like those of a non hybrid vehicle Note Since engine speed is controlled by the transmission it may seem elevated at times This is normal hybrid operation and helps deliver fuel efficiency and performance Neutral It is not recommended to idle the vehicle in position N for extended periods of time because this will discharge your high voltage battery and decrease fuel economy The engine will not start and cannot provide power to the hybrid system in position N Low Gear Low gear position L is designed to mimic the enhanced engine braking available in non hybrid vehicles Low gear will produce high engine speeds to provide necessary engine braking This is normal and will not damage your vehicle In low gear the gas engine will remain on more often than in position D Reverse In position R vehicle speed is limited to 22 mph 35 km h Unique Hybrid Operating Characteristics Your hybrid behaves differently compared to a non hybrid Here is a description of the major differences Battery Your hybrid is equipped with a high voltage battery A cool battery ensures battery life and provides the best possible performance Your hybrid high voltage battery may periodically re condition itself to ensure maximum efficiency You may notice slight changes in drivability durin
113. to press to open and press to close the door 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus High Voltage Battery 203 Power green light this indicator lights up when the cord is plugged into the AC wall outlet Charge green light Indicates status of charging e No light means the cord is not connected to the vehicle e Blinking light means that the charging is in process e Solid light means that the vehicle is connected but not charging Fault red triangle light Lights up in case of a detected failure No charging is possible e Blinking red triangle light means that the 120 volt convenience cord is trying to reset the failure and could restart the charging cycle e Solid red triangle light means that the fault is permanent The cord needs to be unplugged and re plugged to reset the fault If the fault persists contact your authorized dealer Charge Port and Light Ring Note Do not force the charge port door open or closed Forcing the door open or closed will damage the charge port The light ring located around the charge port indicates the charge status of your battery while connected to a charge station or convenience cord The charge port light ring is divided into four quadrants that inform you of the charge status There is a cord acknowledgement feature that will be activated when a charge cycle is initiated The four light quadrants will each individually flash c
114. turns off The steering wheel position will not indicate the actual position of the steering and you have to full take control of the vehicle With hands off the wheel and nothing obstructing its movement and the transmission in R Reverse the vehicle steers itself as instructions to safely move the vehicle back and forward in the space are displayed in the touch screen While reversing the touch screen displays a message instructing the driver to check their surroundings for safety reasons and to back up slowly accompanied by a corresponding graphic K Y When you think the vehicle has enough space in front and behind it or you hear a solid tone from the parking aid bring the vehicle to a complete stop When automatic steering is finished the touch screen displays a message indicating that the active park assist process is done The driver is responsible for checking the parking job and making any necessary corrections before putting the transmission in P Park 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Parking Aids 225 Deactivating the Park Assist Feature The system can be deactivated manually by e pressing the active park assist button e grabbing the steering wheel e driving above approximately 20 mph 35 km h for 30 seconds during an active park search e driving above 7 mph 12 km h during automatic steering e turning off the traction control system Certain vehicle cond
115. two child safety seats to the same anchor In a collision one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 28 Child Safety The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where your vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions
116. vehicle AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key In Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when the key is left in the ignition in the off or accessory position and the driver s door is opened Keyless Warning Alert If Equipped Sounds when the keyless vehicle is in RUN and the driver s door is opened Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened Parking Brake On Warning Chime Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 111 GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and that you comply with all applicable laws Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information is displayed in the information display Information Display Controls Use the left steeri
117. vehicle s USB port 2 Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB 3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands See the media voice commands o connect using the system menu Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu Scroll until Select Source appears and press OK Scroll to select USB and press OK Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device Indexing may appear in the radio display When indexing is complete the screen returns to the Play Menu 6 Press OK and scroll through selections of e Play All e Artists e Albums e Genres OUR Co t6 H3 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 407 Playlists Tracks Explore USB Similar Music Return When the desired selection appears in the display press OK to build your desired music selection What s Playing At any time when a track is playing you can press the voice i icon and ask the system What s playing The system reads the metadata tags if populated of the playing track to you Media Voice Commands EE Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB then any i of the following Refine album name Refine artist lt name gt Refine song lt name gt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 408 SYNC Refine track
118. within three seconds The horn will chirp and the turn signals will flash It is recommended that this method be used to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Keys and Remote Control 61 Sounding a Panic Alarm If Equipped Press the button to activate the alarm Press the button again I or turn the ignition on to deactivate Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off Remote Start C MAX Energi Only WARNING To avoid exhaust fumes do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated Note Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle has remote start if the transmitter has this button The remote start feature allows you to start the vehicle from outside the vehicle The transmitter has an extended operating range Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started Refer to the Climate Control chapter for more information Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems The remote start system will not work if e the ignition is on e the alarm system is triggered e the feature has been disabled e the hood is not closed e two remote vehicle starts have already
119. you have full signal compatibility OR strength and that your e Bad signal Bluetooth volume level has been strength OR turned up e Your phone e Try deleting your phone and may not be performing a clean pairing activated on the website 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 423 Vehicle Health Report Services Traffic Directions and Information Issues Possible Possible Solution s Cause s I heard a e The phone in commercial when use is not I tried to use activated OR Traffic Directions e Your phone has and Information ID blocker active 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus e This is a free feature but you must first register online to use it e Turn off ID blocker on your phone as the system recognizes you by your phone number e Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SyncMyRide account 424 SYNC Possible Possible Solution s Cause s SYNC does not e You may be e Review the Phone voice understand what using the wrong commands and the Media voice I am saying voice commands commands at the beginning of OR their respective sections e You may be e Be aware that SYNC s speaking too soon microphone is either in your or at the wrong rear view mirror or in the time headliner just above the windshield SYNC does not e You may be e Review the media voice understand the
120. you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions
121. your player and the other end into the adapter in one of the two left A V input jacks white or red inside the center console 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche If Equipped 459 9 Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select either a tuned station from the FM tab or the CD tab if there is a CD already loaded into the system Adjust the volume to a comfortable listening level 4 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to Ye the maximum b Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select the A V In tab You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low 6 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the controls In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable available for purchase from Apple When the cable is connected to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Note For safety reasons connecting or adjusting the settings on your portable music player should not be attempted while the vehicle is moving Also the portable music player should be stored in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when the vehicle is in motion The audio extension cable must be long enoug
122. 0 would wear one and one half 112 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 317 Traction AAAB C WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem
123. 013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks 77 Power Liftgate If Equipped A WARNING Make sure all persons are clear of the power liftgate area before using the power liftgate control A WARNING Keep keys out of reach of children Do not allow children to play near an open or moving power liftgate Note Cycling the ignition while the liftgate is power closing and is near the latch may cause the liftgate to stop operation Make sure that the liftgate is closed before operating or moving the vehicle especially in an enclosure like a garage or a parking structure The liftgate or its components could be damaged Opening and Closing the Power Liftgate Note The doors must be unlocked to operate the power liftgate Note The liftgate movement direction can be stopped with a second press of the instrument panel or the control button on the liftgate a second double press of the transmitter button or by swiping your foot for hands free liftgates If the engine is running the liftgate will only operate with the vehicle in P Park A chime sequence will sound as the liftgate begins to power close Another chime sequence indicates a problem with the close request caused by e the ignition is on and the transmission is not in P Park or e the battery voltage is below the minimum operating voltage or e the vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph 5 km h If the liftgate reverses and starts to clos
124. 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See the Child Safety chapter How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Safety Belts 37 How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Disconnect the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso If the safety belt is too short when fully extended a safety belt extension assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safet
125. 13 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 128 Information Displays Keyless Vehicle Immobilizer Aeron Deep on Message Press Brake to Start Displayed as a reminder to apply the brake as needed when starting Press Brake Start Button Displayed as a reminder to apply the brake and push the start button to start the vehicle Place Key in Backup Slot Displayed as needed by the system for proper function Restart Now or Key is Needed Displayed when the start stop button is pressed to shut off the engine and a Intelligent Access Key is not detected inside the vehicle Key Programmed x Keys Total Displayed during spare key programming when an intelligent access key is programmed to the system Max Number of Keys Learned Displayed during spare key programming when the maximum number of keys have been programmed Could Not Program Integrated Key This message is displayed when there is a problem programming a spare key See your authorized dealer for service 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 129 Maintenance Message Action Description LOW Engine Oil Pressure Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible turn off the engine Check the oil level If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Engine Coolant Overtemperature Displays when the engine is
126. 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move your vehicle seat all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision which may result in serious injury or death WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the
127. 3 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Audio System 139 Spd Comp Vol Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind noise You can set the system between 0 and 7 ME i treble middle bass fade and balance position RBDS RDS Text Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to set a category Allows you to choose between STEREO SURROUND mode and STEREO mode Scan Folder Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder CD Compression Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level Clock Settings Set Time Select to set the time Set Date Select to set the calendar date 24h Mode Select to view clock time in a 12 hour mode or 24 hour mode Display Settings Dimming Select to change display brightness French or Spanish Temp Setting Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 140 Audio System AM FM SINGLE CD PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM A B C D TUNE SOUC OOl E EE Sa EXE F E WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that you use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operatio
128. 311 Wheels and Tires 316 O PRUDENTEM 316 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 331 Temporary mobility kit 2i 2229224 demie mS 335 Technical specifications 0 0 oaaae 344 Wheel lug nut torque 3 aee re whee Raed eee Sees 344 Capacities and Specifications 345 Engine specifications sese aa a a EE E ee 345 Part MUMberss zc bad bbw doe haaa pede d RE ads e 350 Vehicle identification number n aaa aaa 351 Vehicle certification label stere sessar Enr Ea EEEREN TEE 352 Transmission code designation aaa 352 Accessories 353 ACCESSOMNES sso ois Spe Eee P e dried e ote dad 353 Ford Extended Service Plan 355 Scheduled Maintenance 358 Normal scheduled maintenance andlog liess 364 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 8 Table of Contents SYNC 377 Pairing your phone for the first time llle 382 UL VICI ao db da di 397 Vehicle Health Report ooo oo eA 400 MyFord Touch If Equipped 426 Infotainment display a 3 esto Rd Re ata a es 432 VOICE TeGOBDIDIOEE 22 5 nec Ad or BAIR Ao Oe ws 434 Listening to MUSIC ii sre peagers ana PREPARES REQUE UP ER P 439 Phone Teatures ee ee ens 460 Information Menu uu oou oom SA eb a ee ORS E ERE 467 DEMI iux exse ac Lae BON RO phe sb ug xd whe pe 3 dd 478 Climate features ses eee or ry yy EE Te LIES 489 Navigation systemi co iM AE e v Are Vnde ae ew ee C 492 Appendices
129. 421 Cause s SYNC does not e Your music files e Make sure that all song details recognize music may not contain are populated that is on my the proper artist e Some devices require you to device song title album change the USB settings from or genre mass storage to MTP class information OR e The file may be corrupted OR e The song may have copyright protection which does not allow it to play 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 422 SYNC Vehicle Health Report Services Traffic Directions and Information Issues Possible Possible Solution s Cause s I received a text e Your account e This is a free feature but you that the Vehicle may not be must first register online to use Health Report is activated on the it not activated website OR e Make sure that your VIN is e You may have correctly listed in your account the wrong VIN vehicle identification number listed I am unable to The preferred When you register your account retrieve the dealer you must list a preferred dealer report on the information did If one is already listed try website or T not load correctly selecting another dealer and receive a system logging out Log back in and error change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report I am unable to e This could be e Update your mobile number submit a report due to your in your account on the website phone s e Make sure
130. 4h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 121 Information In this mode you can view different vehicle system information and perform a system check XX Warnings Displays the number of warnings that need immediate attention in red You can only view the warnings from the System Check menu View them immediately by pressing OK and then OK again to enter system check Use the up down arrows to scroll through the warnings MyKey Info MyKeys Number of MyKeys programmed Admin Keys Number of Admin Keys MyKey Miles km Distance traveled using a programmed MyKey System Check All active warnings will display first if applicable The system check menu may appear different based upon equipment options and current vehicle status Use the up down arrow buttons to scroll through the list 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 122 Information Displays Settings S In this mode you can configure different driver setting choices Note Some items are optional and may not appear Note Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 ESE level 5 On Off On default on ECO Cruise key cycle Off uH l f On default on Driver Assist Hill Start Assist key cycle Off MES EV Mode On Off On default on Rear Park Aid key cycle Off OoOo Auto pm Rain On Off ET Or Lighting Home p ET time i
131. 5 PSI DE LUSAGER SPARE POUR PLUS DE SE nS T145 90R17 415 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS JO00000000000000C XXX XX2000CXXXX A 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Load Carrying 239 Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR TO GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st
132. 503 Index 521 The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted Ford Motor Company 2012 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Introduction 9 ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING Always drive with due care and attention when using and operating the controls and features on your vehicle Note This manual describes a range of product features and options sometimes before they are generally available Therefore you may find options in this manual that are not found on your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may be used for different models so they may appear different than your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this m
133. 59 3 Insert the new battery Refer to the SY 2 instructions inside the transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing 4 Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter Intelligent Access Key Type 1 1 Press and hold the push buttons on the edges of the transmitter to a release the cover Carefully remove 1 4 the cover e 1o 2 Remove the key blade 2 3 Twist a flat object in the position shown to separate the two halves of the transmitter e 4 Carefully insert a flat object in y Y the position show to open the a transmitter S Wy 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 60 Keys and Remote Control 5 Carefully pry out the battery with a flat object 6 Install a new battery with the facing downward 7 Assemble the two halves of the transmitter back together 8 Install the key blade Intelligent Access Key Type 2 1 Remove the backup key from the transmitter 2 Twist a thin coin in the slot NS hidden behind the backup key slot to remove the battery cover 3 Remove the old battery Y 4 Insert a new battery with the facing downward Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing 5 Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter and install the backup key Car Finder Press the lock button on the key twice
134. 74 deactivated by SIRIUS 1 888 539 7474 to Satellite Radio reactivate or resolve subscription issues No Channels All the channels in the Using the channel guide Available selected category are unlock or unskip the skipped or locked channels Subscription SIRIUS has updated the No action required Updated channels available for your vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 148 Climate Control AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL A B C D E A AUTO Press to select automatic operation The system automatically controls the temperature amount and distribution of the airflow to reach and maintain your previously selected temperature B Fan speed Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Press to select the desired fan speed The setting is shown in the display C On and off button Press to switch the system on and off D MAX Defrost Press to distribute outside air through the windshield air vents Air conditioning is automatically selected The fan is set to the highest speed and the temperature to HI When the air distribution is set in this position you are unable to select recirculated air or manually adjust the fan speed and temperature control Press the AUTO button to return to auto mode E MAX A C Press to distribute maximum air conditioning through the instrument panel air vents This mode is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning F Re
135. 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware was damaged in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s paired and connected to the system was thrown from the vehicle 911 Assist Privacy Notice Once 911 Assist is set on it may disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 400 SYNC Vehicle Health Report WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems that are electronically monitored by the vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system i e brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your V
136. A fus 274 Fuses Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located in the luggage compartment behind the left side wheel well Remove the fuse panel cover to gain access to the fuses The fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Components Number Rating Battery electronics control module 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuses 275 Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Components Number Rating Charger C MAX Energi Fis JjNtued 8 Fe jNtued O module Battery electronics control module fan Fe jNtued O F23 po Neued 0 Power liftgate F8 JjNtued 3 O F9 Noted O F3 Noted Fs JjNtued Fs o jNtued Fs jNetued PO Notus O Fa JNtued O F2 Ntued 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 276 Fuses Number Rating Fra Notued Fa Noted Fuel system Roo jJNtued Rb JNtued Rear wiper 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 277 GENERAL INFORMATION Have yo
137. Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on vehicle components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine e Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8 liters may be required e The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator refer to Warning lamps and indicators in the Instrument Cluster chapter Refilling with a Portable Fuel Container WARNING Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the capless fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury WARNING Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuel and Refueling 195 Note Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it The included funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle When filling the vehicle s fuel tank from a
138. C MAX Energi Only WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure Insert the fuel nozzle slowly If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury Note Your vehicle features a locking fuel door and an Easy Fuel system which has a auto sealing feature that locks the fuel tank refueling valve Before you can refuel your vehicle you must first press the button located on your instrument panel Pressing this button will unlock the fuel tank refueling valve allowing the fuel filler door to open so that the fuel filler nozzle can be inserted into the fuel tank This could take up to 15 seconds before the fuel filler door pops open allowing the insertion of the fuel filler nozzle In the event that the fuel valve does not unlock automatically you can pull the manual override lever located in the trunk This will open the refueling door and allow access to fill your vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 192 Fuel and Refueling When fueling your vehicle 1 Put the vehicle in P Park and turn the ignition off 2 Press the fuel button located on the instrument panel 3 Wait up to 15 seconds before opening the fuel filler door During this time a Please Wait to Refuel message will appear in the information display screen Note When the door is open a Ready to Refuel message
139. Creating meree wd e ERA eR CR EGE SESS S E S S debe ob vi ed d 65 EA IE 66 Systemi Status gt it Poe eas a a EG EN Sey 66 Remote start MyKey uo e heaters hA REDI REG 66 Troubleshooting MKey es casciana nonta ERRE E E EEE a DN 68 Locks 70 Locking and unlocking o 70 Security 81 SecuriLock passive anti theft system 2 2 0 0 000000 e eee 81 Steering Wheel 84 Adjusting the steering wheel lille 84 Steering wheel Controls sss apa oe se deedaday a hana Pee oe 85 Wipers and Washers 87 Windshield Wipers 2 500034 6454 des mee PE REGENS 87 AUIGOWIDEES ias WE dhe ooo BRR ms A at a ele eee Rum puede oad Sida d 88 Windshield washers l l 89 Rear window wiper and washer 0 0000 eee eee 89 Lighting 90 Lighting controlo tati a RES be doe wed od He oad 90 AutolaripS a ae ene ee ELI 91 Instrument lighting dimmer 000 00 eee ea 91 Headlamp exit delay 0 0 0 ee eee 92 Daytime r nning laMpsS ee eee 92 Front fog lamps seip estn a eae dados ES ys 93 Direction Indicators 2 s Ce rae gor a Ge eg AG 93 Interior lamps we nas a2 sapea oh Sa gow SESH AER EGER Oo eared 93 Ambient lighting quies eo A eR SREY eek E E ae 95 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Table of Contents 9 Windows and Mirrors 96 Power windOWS scsmaccdg eg pEkoGg 3 ker wa DR Ree aS 96 Exterior MITOS ei Bee eer Le pad gna dd nares 98 Interior nibfOt
140. EES 235 Vehicle loading usus rios ba od RESET seeded 236 Towing 243 Trailer towing s ut SO a RII a 243 Wrecker TOWING Vocal el hs eee RES ES 243 Recreational towing es e ko o xU RE de Eds 244 Driving Hints 246 Economical driving wc oy veda Qbear ata nd deed ewe EAE Tees 246 Floor Matses ves ocak eee eee See Oe ea ae DEUS EERE 248 Roadside Emergencies 250 Guidance for electric and hybrid electric vehicles 250 Getting roadside assistance csat e 0 ee es 252 Hazard warning flashers 0 0000 eee eee eee 253 Fuel cut off SW ItCh ooo ee ees 254 High voltag shut off ssa we RP RERO eee ea ES 254 JUMP Starlings suu yw eee Y E ond NF SO Pb vae 255 Customer Assistance 259 Reporting safety defects U S only ooo o 266 Reporting safety defects Canada only o o oooooooo 266 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 6 Table of Contents Fuses 267 Changing a MUSE cs acc cen heo weed Gok EROR V prius RAR pda des 267 Fuse specification chart 24 20 4 60040603 88055 eee Ry 268 Maintenance 277 General information 277 Opening and closing the hood 0 000000055 278 Under hood overview 0 eee 279 Engine ol dipstick decirte tintadas eugene PS 280 Engmesoibeleek a setate tp ac Ma fay ipee etu a Meds di Rs 280 Motor Electronics Coolant e essor sieer cra eeek io ssri 282 Engine coo
141. ERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate U S only ZC 32 A Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Canada only CXC 93 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight
142. For the system to function efficiently the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open Note At low ambient temperatures with AUTO selected the air stream is directed toward the windshield and side windows for as long as the engine remains cold Note When the system is switched off outside air is prevented from entering your vehicle Note When the system is in AUTO mode and the interior and exterior temperatures are high the system automatically selects recirculated air to maximize cooling of the interior When the selected air temperature is reached the system automatically selects outside air Note When you select windshield defrosting and defogging the instrument panel and footwell level functions automatically switch off and air conditioning switches on Outside air flows into your vehicle Heating the Interior Quickly Press the high fan speed button control Adjust the temperature control to the highest setting Press the footwell button to distribute air to the footwell air vents 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Climate Control 151 Recommended Settings for Heating Press the slow fan speed button Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the hot settings Press the footwell and windshield air distribution buttons 4 Close the instrument panel air vents Open the side air vents and direct them toward the side windows Cooling the Interior Q
143. Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 100 Windows and Mirrors INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night Auto Dimming Mirror If Equipped Note Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror Mirror performance may be affected A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up SUN VISORS Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror 3 Lift the cover to switch on the 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Windows and Mirrors 101 SUN SHADE IF EQUIPPED WARNING Do not let children play with the sun shade or leave them unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves WARNING When closing the sun shade you should verify that it is free of obstructio
144. Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 14 Introduction FORD CREDIT U S ONLY Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account Phone 1 800 727 7000 For more information regarding Ford Credit as well as access to Account Manager please go to www fordcredit com REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this owner s manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion
145. Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 51 WARNING If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seat backs of the front seats In certain lateral collisions the airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The system consists of the following e atag on the seat back indicating that side airbags are found on your vehicle e side airbags located inside the seat back of the driver and front passenger seats PH Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness t indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter e Front passenger sensing system Note The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty unbuckled passenger seat The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the
146. Help using the voice commands press the voice button then after the tone say Help The system provides voice commands that can be used in the current mode 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 489 CLIMATE CONTROLS Depending on your vehicle line and option package your climate screen may look different than what is shown here 0 3 Miles H G F E A Power Touch to turn the system on and off Outside air cannot enter the vehicle when the system is off B Passenger settings Touch or to adjust the temperature Fan speed Touch or to adjust fan speed DUAL Touch to turn on the passenger side temperature control Recirculated air Touch to turn the recirculated air on or off which May reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior May help reduce odors from reaching the interior Engages automatically when MAX A C or MAX defrost is selected May be engaged manually in any airflow mode except defrost May turn off in all airflow modes except MAX A C and MAX defrost to reduce fog potential F MAX A C Touch to cool the vehicle with recirculated air Touch again for normal A C operation MAX A C e Distributes air through instrument panel vents e Is more economical and efficient than normal A C mode May help reduce odors from entering the vehicle eee e 5 JJ O A C Touch to turn the air conditioning on or off Us
147. ICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit NT from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter Severability You and NT agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Governing
148. IN KEYS PROGRAMMED that is displayed in the MyKey system status menu may include the non Ford approved remote start system as an additional key in the total count See the Checking System Status section For all vehicles with a non Ford approved remote start installed it is possible to program all real keys as MyKeys in which case you will need to use your remote start system to clear all MyKeys which removes all restrictions and returns them to admin key status by doing the following 1 Enter the vehicle and close all doors 2 Remote start the vehicle using your non Ford approved remote start fob 3 Follow Steps 1 3 in the Clearing all MyKeys section 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 68 MyKey MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Potential Causes I cannot program a e The key in the ignition does not have admin key privileges e The key in the ignition is the only admin key there always has to be at least one admin key e The intelligent access key is not in the backup slot vehicles with push button start e SecuriLock passive anti theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode e The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See the Using MyKey with Remote Start Systems chapter I cannot program the e The key in the ignition does not have admin optional settings privileges e No keys are programmed to the vehicle See the Creating a
149. Law The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to 1 its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all disputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder Government End Users If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Data is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R FAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with this End User License Agreement and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 518 Appendices furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME NAVTEQ CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS 425 West Randolph Street Chicago IL 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 and is subject to the EndUser License Agreement under which this Data was provided 2011 NAVTEQ All rights reserved If the Contracting Officer
150. Line in BT audio 410 Sending new text messages 464 Setting a destination 492 Setting a destination DY VOICE caian 492 SOULS vital 478 Setting the clock 135 478 Side air CUFLaln 1 2 noni 52 Side curtain airbags system 52 SIRIUS satellite radio 447 SIRIUS satellite radio voice commands eeeR 449 SIRIUS Travel Link 471 SIRIUS Travel Link voice commands scr 472 SOS Post Crash Alert 44 Spark plugs specifications 345 346 350 Index 527 Specification chart TeDlaCig uctor bete 328 Iubricants cds 346 YOUAUTIB Luise eerie hee 330 qs safety practices 329 nly system os 218 cual e e 319 Starting your vehicle 175 snow tires and chains 331 jump starting oe 255 Temporary mobility kit 335 push button start system 173 terminology 1 ttes 317 Steering wheel tire grades esee 317 ae ere u treadwear 316 326 tilting A E EE KE Touchscreen features Sunshade nono Cclmate ns sad 489 Supplemental Restraint System Towing teen qe 243 244 SRS see airbags wee 45 recreational towing 244 we trailer towing 243 Supported media file types 457 WIeCkerF iicet en eee 243 Bupported player media Traction control 216 formats and metadata EM info
151. Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuel and Refueling 187 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container WARNING Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent WARNING When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling e Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if
152. Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 477 Vehicle Health Report If Equipped U S Only WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems that are electronically monitored by the vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system i e brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering yo
153. Most of the audio features are controlled through the MyFord Touch system See the MyFord Touch chapter for more information 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 142 Audio System the button FM and A V Input C Seek Go to the next station up or down the radio frequency band or the next or previous track on a CD increments F SOUND Adjust the sound settings for Bass Treble Balance and Fade Eject a CD AUXILIARY INPUT JACK WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that you use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while the vehicle is moving 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Audio System 143 WARNING Store the portable music player in a secure location 5 such as the center console or the glove box when the vehicle is in motion Hard objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may in
154. NG Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery or a surge of the battery Your vehicle has a 12 volt battery that has two prongs accessible from under the hood Your vehicle can be jumped the same way conventional vehicles can be using these prongs The illustration below shows the two connector prongs used for jump starting your vehicle Lu E A Positive prong B Negative prong 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 257 1 a PA Jump Starting Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery Note Remove the red cap from the positive prong A on your vehicle before connecting the cables 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive prong A of the discharged battery 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to the negative prong B of your vehicle 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at a moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disa
155. Nav s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software 8 4 TeleNav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself 8 5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The TeleNav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to TeleNav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these companies included at the end of this Agreement and thus your use of th
156. Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool ROB75240 available from your dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Checking the Inverter System Controller Coolant When the engine is cold check the concentration and level of the inverter system controller coolant at the intervals listed in the Scheduled Maintenance Information Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the inverter system controller coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 283 Note If the level is at the MIN mark below the MIN mark or empty add prediluted coolant immediately Refer to Adding Inverter System Controller Coolant in this chapter The coolant concentration should be maintained at 50 Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool ROB75240 available from your dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note It is very important to use prediluted coolant me
157. OT compatible with MyKey Restart the engine when you insert a key into the ignition cylinder it may help you to retain some MyKey functions In addition to the key that has been programmed as a MyKey owners of vehicles equipped with traditional keys have the option to program the 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyKey 67 non Ford approved remote start system as a MyKey if the remote start fob is used by the MyKey driver To program a non Ford approved remote start system as a MyKey do the following Enter the vehicle and close all doors 2 Remote start the vehicle using a non Ford approved remote start fob 3 Follow Steps 1 5 in the Creating a MyKey section Vehicles Equipped with Intelligent Access Key Push Button Start Note It is not possible to program the remote start system as a MyKey on vehicles equipped with intelligent access key push button start Therefore you should treat the remote start fob as you would any other admin key When the vehicle is started using remote start the system will stall the engine when you either enter the vehicle or shift the vehicle into gear Prior to the engine stall the vehicle will have administrative privileges When you restart the engine the vehicle will identify the user as an admin or MyKey driver depending on the settings of the actual key used to start the vehicle Note For all vehicles the number of MYKEY S PROGRAMMED or ADM
158. Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Audio System 133 GENERAL AUDIO INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 KHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors Distance Strength The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station Overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting CD CD Player Information Note CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Note CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels should not be inserted into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information
159. Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news category To learn more log onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while you are connected to SYNC TDI Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report wait for the listening tone and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with Traffic Directions and Information and continue enjoying your personalized services You can even access your account outside the vehicle Just use the number on your phone s call history Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 405 SYNC AppLink Note Your smartphone must be paired and connected to SYNC to access AppLink Note iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application It is recommended to lock your iPhone after starting an application Note The AppLink feature is not availab
160. Printer for Ontario 9 Canada Post Corporation GeoBase 9 NT holds a nonexclusive license from the United States Postal Service 9 to publish and sell ZIP 4 9 information United States Postal Service 2009 Prices are not established controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service 9 The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS United States Postal Service USPS and ZIP 4 The Data for Mexico includes certain Data from Instituto Nacional de Estad stica y Geograf a TERMS AND CONDITIONS License Limitations on Use You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal noncommercial purposes and not for service bureau timesharing or other similar purposes Except as otherwise set forth herein you agree not to otherwise reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws License Limitations on Transfer Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if a you retain no copies of the Data b the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement and c you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the ori
161. R COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PART
162. Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistamce section of this owner s manual KNEE AIRBAG The knee airbag is located under the instrument panel The system works along with the driver s front airbag to help reduce injury to the legs When the driver s airbag activates in a collision the knee airbag deploys from under the instrument panel As with front and side airbags it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury P 35 To know if the knee airbag is operating properly see Crash PAN Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter SIDE AIRBAGS WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seat backs of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seat back WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners
163. S NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER 9 Gracenote 2007 FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 IC 1422A SYNCG2 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Gu
164. S c2ce4nache ur sea ewe a Ee a E RURALES OE RUE 100 SUM VISOIS 5 ehe eae Eee eus Oa Bok EE NE a ton REA 100 S nshlade c a qe hup ay a a 101 Instrument Cluster 103 Gauges gare ete ed a eee ED Weber UR RA rg ERO S 103 Warning lamps and indicators 0 0 0000 cece eee 106 Audible warnings and indicators llle 110 Information Displays 111 Message Center uoo cac a Road eon dite OX RUE E Roda BPRS e 111 Information messages o o ooo 124 Audio System 133 AM FM CD with SYNC 135 Auxiliary Input JACK x a edo doe ee d 142 USB DOM vetusti wide uU RE tomus ap BS nd 144 Satellite radio information 145 Climate Control 148 Dual automatic temperature control 00 4 148 Rear window defroster 2 0 0 0 0000 cee eee 152 Seats 154 Sitting in the correct position o o o oo oo o crr irrigat 154 Head restraints aas dae Ads alg de ee RE Rees dase 155 Manual Seats os oe dense Sak Ga ena Cea a hae 158 POWe F seats ud cud de d ea sew deed IESU 160 I SENSE ti Ro athe ee ois ae hee S 162 H at ed Seats 4233 bb eat bene dea RR REP EI 163 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 4 Table of Contents Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped 164 HomeLink wireless control system llle 165 Auxiliary Power Points 169 Storage Compartments 171 Center console llle eer 171 Overhead console ll eens 171 Starting and Stoppin
165. Step 2 is not completed within 15 seconds the relearning function will be interrupted Switch the ignition off wait for another 30 seconds and then switch the ignition back on again Start the procedure again from the beginning Confirm that relearning has been completed by opening and closing the sun shade 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 103 GAUGES Cluster shown in standard measure metric clusters similar A B C A Left Information Display B Speedometer C Right Information Display See the MyTouch chapter for more information Left Information Display Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has travelled Outside air temperature Shows the outside air temperature Trip Computer See Trip Computer in Information Displays Vehicle Settings and Personalization See Information Displays 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 104 Instrument Cluster Common Displays Note Battery gauge information can be individually selected on or off through Battery Display in the Options sub menu From any main display a right arrow press on the steering wheel controls will take you to the Options sub menu Note For Energi vehicles there are two versions of the battery gauge When the vehicle is in Hybrid Mode the information is shown with a simple battery grap
166. TINTTR PPS R TAXLE TTR SPR TXXXXX XXX XX X X XX XXX JOO00000000XX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar the door latch post or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG FRONT GAWR XXXXL REARGAWR XXXXLB XXXXKG WI WITH XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES XXX XX XXXX XX RIMS AT XXX kPa XX PSLCOLD AT XXX KPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX WUT TAN LLL TYPE XXX RC XX DSO we TINTTR TPPS R TAXLE TRY SPR XXXXX XXX XX X XX X XX XXX EXTPNT XX XX00000000000 X04 XXXX XXXXXXX XX You can find a transmission code on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The following table tells you which transmission each code represents Electronic continuously variable transmission HF35 eCVT 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Accessories 353 ACCESSORIES For a complete listing of the accessories that
167. Table of Contents 1 Introduction 9 Child Safety 17 Child Seats PERFECT 19 Child seat positioning pes 554 ser eb 665 e404 a ee Re eas 19 Booster seats 6 eee eee 21 Installing child safety SeatS o ooooooooooooo 24 Child safety locks 2 eee 31 Safety Belts 32 Fastening the safety DeltS o ooooooooooo o 34 Safety belt height adjustment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 eee eee 37 Safety belt warning light and indicator chime 38 Safety belt minder o 38 Child restraint and safety belt maintenance 41 Personal Safety System 42 Supplementary Restraints System 43 Driver and passenger airbags o o o oo llle 45 Front passenger sensing system lesse 47 Kriee alEbag idc eau aN RUE Oe HE GR edad E E eed UR d 50 SIde alEbags ov ad etes GRE Ee d ador Res eh eg 50 Safety canopy curtain airbags 0 0 0 o o 52 Crash sensors and airbag indicator s scrret erdre rart errai et 53 Airbag disposals ida Opes ed e Rp dur Roe CR uq das ibd 54 Keys and Remote Control 55 General information on radio frequencies 0000005 55 Remote control 4 2223 4 eR EEG RE NU Y EES RR uo 56 WON Sie etek ee eit atten ok sei thee prex 56 Replacing a lost key or remote control o o o o ooo o 63 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 2 Table of Contents MyKey 64 Settings MyKey usas sus dr eR a e d RCRUM 64
168. The system asks you if you want to download your phone book Depending on your phone s capability you may be prompted with additional options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s user guide and visit the website Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and that the transmission is in position P 1 Press the phone corner of the touchscreen gt Settings gt Phone gt BT Devices Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to ON and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC on the screen The display indicates when the pairing is successful 4 The system asks you if you want to download your phone book eo Depending on your phone s capability you may be prompted with additional options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s user guide and visit the website Making Calls Press the voice button When prompted say Call lt name gt or i say Dial then the desired number pou To end the call or exit phone mode press and hold the phone t button Receiving Calls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it is available Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or by pressing this button on your steering wheel cont
169. Y SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license e You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 504 Appendices DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS Speech Recognition If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitat
170. YS CLEARED is displayed CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS The information display controls provide information about keys programmed to the vehicle e MYKEY MILES Tracks mileage when a MyKey is used If mileage does not accumulate as expected then the MyKey is not being used by the intended user The only way to reset this to zero is by clearing MyKeys If the mileage is lower than the last time you checked then the key system has been recently reset e MYKEY S Indicates how many MyKeys are programmed to the vehicle Can also be used to detect deletion of a MyKey e ADMIN KEY S Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to the vehicle Can also be used to detect if an additional key has been programmed to the vehicle USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is NOT compatible with non Ford approved aftermarket remote start systems If you choose to install a remote start system please see your Ford authorized dealer for a Ford approved remote start system The following information MAY help customers who choose to use a non Ford approved remote start system The actions provided below do NOT make MyKey compatible with non Ford approved remote start system but it MAY help you to retain some MyKey functions Vehicles Equipped with Traditional Keys When using a non Ford approved remote start system the default settings may recognize the remote start system as an additional admin key with its associated privileges It is N
171. a duplicate coded key in the vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle The system is an engine immobilization system It is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used Using the wrong key may prevent the engine from starting A message may appear in the information display If you are unable to start the engine with a correctly coded key a malfunction has happened and a message may appear in the information display Automatic Arming The vehicle is armed immediately after switching the ignition off Automatic Disarming Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms the vehicle Replacement Keys Note Your vehicle comes equipped with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle as well as a remote control The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start systems as well as a remote control 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 82 Security If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys integrated keyhead transmitters only are lost or stolen and you don t have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to
172. a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer as soon as possible Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Cruise Control if equipped It will illuminate when you switch this feature on 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 107 Direction Indicator Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the hazard warning flasher is turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb Door Ajar fel Displays when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed Engine Motor Coolant Overheat Warning E It will illuminate when the engine or motor cooling system is wile Overheating Stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your authorized dealer Engine Oil If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving this indicates a malfunction Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off Check the engine oil level Note Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct Have the system checked by your authorized dealer EV Now It will illuminate when you select this feature on EV Later Ev It will illuminate when you se
173. able law in no event will TeleNav its licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 512 Appendices Software TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and other changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation as the maps or functionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do
174. ack which has been indexed SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired track and press OK Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC other files saved are not visible Press OK to select Then scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 414 SYNC Similar Music Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you Press OK to select The system creates a new list of similar songs and begins playing The metadata tags must be populated for this feature to include each track Note With certain playing devices if your metadata tags are not populated the tracks won t be available in voice recognition play menu or similar music However if you place these tracks onto your playing device in Mass Storage Device Mode they are available in voice recognition play menu browsing and similar music Unknowns are placed into any unpopulated metadata tag Exit the current menu System Settings System settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features The Bl
175. activate or use the service SYNO Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 3 Once you are connected to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose 4 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 469 Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen If your vehicle is equipped with the Navigation press the Information button If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the green tab on your touchscreen 1 2 Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your phone Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Di
176. aler Vertical Aim Adjustment 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away e A 8 feet 2 4 meters e B Center height of lamp to ground e C 25 feet 7 6 meters e D Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 297 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line the headlamp will need to be adjusted 4 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to aim the headlamp The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line 5 Close the hood and turn off the lamps HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE AND IS NOT ADJUSTABLE 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf
177. ance mode the vehicle will run the engine as necessary If you select the EV Now mode while the vehicle is in the oil maintenance mode EV Now mode will be suspended for as long as you are in oil maintenance mode The oil maintenance mode will resume the next time you start the vehicle Changing the engine oil and resetting the oil life monitoring system will suspend the oil maintenance mode 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 282 Maintenance COOLANT Engine Coolant and Inverter System Controller Coolant Your vehicle is equipped with two separate cooling systems One is for cooling the engine and one is for cooling the inverter system controller that is specific to the hybrid operating system The two systems operate similarly with the inverter system controller cooling system generally operating at a lower temperature and pressure Checking the Engine Coolant When the engine is cold check the concentration and level of the engine coolant at the intervals listed in the Scheduled Maintenance Information Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the engine coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark Note If the level is at the MIN mark below the MIN mark or empty add prediluted coolant immediately Refer to Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter The coolant concentration should be maintained at 5096
178. and press OK again when Confirm Download appears Automatically download your phone book each time your phone connects to SYNC Press OK to select When Auto Download On appears press OK to have your phonebook automatically downloaded each time Select Off to NOT download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC Your phonebook call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC Note Downloading times are phone and quantity dependent Note When auto download is on any changes additions or deletions saved since your last download are deleted Exit the current menu 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 394 SYNC System Settings System Settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect delete and set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off The Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect delete set a phone as primary and turn Bluetooth on or off 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Blue
179. and away from moving traffic Turn on the hazard lights Always set the parking brake to ensure the vehicle does not move unexpectedly Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws from the tire When using the temporary mobility kit leave the engine running only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well ventilated area so the compressor does not drain the vehicle s battery Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 minutes this will help prevent the compressor from overheating Never leave the temporary mobility kit unattended when it is operating Sealant compound contains latex Make sure that you use the non latex gloves provided to avoid an allergic reaction Keep the temporary mobility kit away from children Only use the temporary mobility kit when the ambient temperature is between 22 F 30 C and 158 F 70 C Only use the sealing compound before the use by date The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister bottle Note Check the use by date regularly and replace the canister after four years Do not store the temporary mobility kit unsecured inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or collision Always store the kit in its original location After sealant use the TPMS sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer When inflating
180. and hold until the desired level is reached 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 92 Lighting Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps A B A Press repeatedly or press and hold to dim B Press repeatedly or press and hold to brighten HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you You will hear a short tone The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Always remember to switch your headlamps on in low light situations or during inclement weather The system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision The system switches the headlamps on in daylight conditions To switch the system on switch the ignition on and switch the lighting control to the off autolamp or parking lamp positions 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Lighting 93 FRONT FOG LAMPS Press the control to switch the fog lamps on or off You can switch the fog lamps on when the lighting control is in any pos
181. anual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as right or left which is determined by the side of the vehicle based on sitting in the seat A A Right B Left B Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct A vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 10 Introduction SYMBOL GLOSSARY WARNING You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle E Symbol Symbol UN alert See Owner s Anti lock system Brake fluid lo gt system Cabin air non filter petroleum base a Check fuel cap and Unlock Wa SN C hild seat Cruise control Do not open R93 anchor when hot Engine air i Engine filter coolant temperature Fan warning E pump Fuse reset compartment Introduction 11 Heated rear window Lighting control Panic alarm Power steering fluid Service engine soon Windshield defrost and demist Symbol luggage compartment Maintain correct fluid release level Parking brake system Low tire pressure warning Parking aid system Power windo
182. any kind express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to content quality accuracy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose usefulness use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free Disclaimer of Warranty NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you Disclaimer of Liability NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS OR 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 517 SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF NT OR ITS L
183. appear on top of the video image when an object is detected by the reverse sensing system The alert highlights the closest object detected The reverse sensing alert can be disabled and if visual park aid alert is enabled highlighted areas are still displayed Refer to Adjusting the Rear View Camera Settings above on how to enable or disable the visual park alert feature Manual Zoom WARNING When manual zoom is on the full area behind the vehicle is not shown Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature Note Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note When manual zoom is enabled only the centerline is shown Allows the driver to get a closer view of an object behind the vehicle The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference The zoom is only active while the transmission is in R Reverse When the transmission is shifted out of R Reverse the feature automatically turns off and must be reset when it is used again Selectable settings for this feature are OFF Level 1 Level 2 or Level 3 Press the up and down arrows to change the view The selection level appears between the buttons i e Level 1 The default setting for the manual zoom is OFF Rear Camera Delay When shifting the transmission out of R Reverse and into any gear other than P Park the camera image remains in the display until the vehicle speed reaches 6 mph 10 km h This occurs
184. ase button while pulling the lever up To set the parking brake 1 Press the foot brake pedal firmly 2 Pull the parking brake lever up to its fullest extent Note If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the steering wheel away from the curb Note If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill move the transmission selector lever to P and turn the steering wheel towards the curb To release the parking brake 1 Press the brake pedal firmly 2 Pull the lever up slightly 3 Press the release button and push the lever down 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 216 Traction Control PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction USING TRACTION CONTROL In certain situations e g stuck in snow or mud turning the traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine power Turn off the traction control system through the information display See the Information Displays chapter System Indicator Lights and Messages WARNING If a failure has been
185. at personally identifies you e Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE e Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 506 Appendices provided
186. ation displays screen to indicate that it is functioning Fuel freshness mode will run until the needed amount of fuel has been consumed Adding at least 1 gallon of fresh fuel to the tank will suspend the fuel freshness mode The vehicle will determine when to run the fuel freshness mode based on how much fuel was added to the tank and on how long it has been driven in EV Now mode Up to 9 months of additional time will be gained if an equal amount of fresh fuel is added to the existing amount of fuel that is in the tank Fuel freshness mode will eventually bring the tank level to one gallon if fuel is not added This feature will not activate if your fuel tank has one gallon of fuel or less If the vehicle is used in a manner that rarely runs the engine it is recommended to keep the fuel level to about the amount that will be consumed every 6 months For example if four gallons are used on average let the fuel level reduce to about 1 8 of a tank then add in 4 gallons This will keep the fuel fresh and prevent fuel freshness mode from activating REFUELING WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the f
187. ationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and city where located e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to e
188. authorized dealer for assistance 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 344 Wheels and Tires Be sure to check the sealant Use By Utiliser avant compound s use by date regularly The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister bottle The sealant canister should be replaced after four years TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Ensure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 kilometers after any wheel disturbance tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal etc Bolt size Wheel lug nut torque Feb MI2 x 15 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners Note Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any vi
189. authorized dealer Before starting your vehicle check the following Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off Make sure the parking brake is on Move the transmission selector lever to position P e Switch the ignition on Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Move the transmission selector lever to position P or N 3 Start the engine The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 176 Starting and Stopping the Engine Note If you cannot start your engine on the first try wait for a short period of time and try again If you have difficulty starting the engine when the temperature is below 13 F 25 C press the accelerator pedal slightly and try again If you cannot start your engine after three attempts wait 10 seconds then follow this procedure 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Move the transmission selector lever to position P or N 4 Start the engine Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have this checked immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects Important Ventilatin
190. ay contain such as 123 or ICE as the special system does not recognize them characters OR e f contacts are saved in CAPS e Your you have to spell them JAKE phonebook requires you to say Call contacts may be J A K E saved in CAPS 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 426 MyFord Touche If Equipped INTRODUCTION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving Note Some features are not available while the vehicle is moving Note Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after the ignition has been turned off as long as no doors are opened This system uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access to vehicle features and settings The comprehensive touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system The corners display any active modes within those menus such as your
191. ays 113 E n MER ES Fuel oi Battery Apply to all dl begs P Kad Display screens Gauge Fuel Gauge SIND Hep Split Power Fuel Avg Fuel Economy Battery Apply to all Battery Gauge Display screens Fuel Gauge Charge Level overlay Power with engine Fuel on off threshold Avg Fuel Economy Apply to all Battery Gauge Display Screens iE P Hip j gt gt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 114 Information Displays Diay Mode J mode 1000 Power Coach Bani _ lt Battery Apply to al Display Pa overlay Hip 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 115 Display Mode EV Auto Regen Active consumption gauge accessory power orar Assis gauge Charge Assist EV Now Battery Apply to all consumption gauge Display with budget cup Charge Level overlay accessory power gauge override EV Later Help consumption gauge accessory power gauge EV miles Help reserved e Vehicle Range Indicates the estimated distance the vehicle will travel with the energy currently available For Hybrid the vehicle range estimate is based on the fuel remaining in the gasoline tank For Energi the total estimated distance equals the distance available in Hybrid Mode fueled by gasoline plus the EV distance available in Plug in Power Mode Changes in driving pa
192. between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall I M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire See the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 14 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor t
193. bled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 258 Roadside Emergencies Removing the Jumper Cables Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 1 Remove the jumper cable from the negative prong on your vehicle s battery 2 Remove the jumper cable on the A negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cable from Ra the positive terminal of the N booster vehicle s battery 1 4 Remove the jumper cable from 2 the positive prong of your i vehicle s battery GA i 3 After the cables have been removed from both vehicles replace the red cap to the positive prong After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance 259 GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who want
194. bout five to ten seconds after pumping fuel before removing the fuel filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuel and Refueling 191 Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located below and in front of the fuel filler door If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may appear on the information display screen At the next opportunity do the following 1 Safely pull off the road 2 Put the vehicle in P Park and turn the ignition off 3 Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening 4 Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle several times to dislodge any debris and or allow the inlet to close properly If this action corrects the problem the message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn Off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city highway driving Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well Using the Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System
195. brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Charging and Electrical System rests Deea an Message Check Battery Charge Displays when battery charge level is low Is Vehicle Plugged in Displays when confirmation is needed that the vehicle is unplugged before a start is allowed You must make sure the vehicle is unplugged and respond to the message prompt before starting your vehicle Energi only Stop Safely Now Displays when the stop safety hazard warning lamp is illuminated This indicates an electrical component fault failure that will cause the vehicle to shut down or enter into limited operating mode 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 126 Information Displays Charging and Electrical System Don Message Ready to Drive Displays when the vehicle is ready to drive Displays when the engine is on Unplug Prior to Starting Vehicle Displays when the vehicle detects it is still plugged and the power is activated Energi only Action Description closed Liftgate Ajar Displays when not completely closed may not be properly closed Displays when you need to wait before refueling your vehicle to be refueled is not closed Refuel Error See Manual Displays when there is a vehicle error and it cannot be refueled Refer to Refueling in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information Fuel Freshness Displays when EV functionality is disab
196. brake pedal the vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for approximately two or three seconds This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off 4 Drive off in the normal manner The brakes will be released automatically 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Brakes 213 GENERAL INFORMATION Note Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out and should be inspected by an authorized dealer If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking it should be inspected by an authorized dealer Note Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels even under normal driving conditions Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise See the Vehicle Care chapter for wheel cleaning instructions OO See the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the eee brake system warning light Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow your vehicle and reduce engine power If you experience this condition apply the brakes and bring your ve
197. brid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 458 MyFord Touche If Equipped Browse all songs Play audiobook Shuffle album lt name gt lt name gt Browse audiobook Play composer lt name gt lt name gt Browse author Play folder lt name gt Help lt name gt AN Inputs Your A V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio video source e g game systems and personal camcorders by E 0 0 9 connecting RCA cords not included to these input jacks The jacks are yellow red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console You can also use the A V inputs as an auxiliary input jack AIJ to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Plug in your one eighth inch three and one half millimeter RCA adapter into the two left A V input jacks red and white Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen then select A V In To use the auxiliary input jack feature make sure that your portable music player is designed to be used with headphones and that it is fully charged You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male one eighth inch three and one half millimeter connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other 1 Begin with the vehicle parked and the radio and portable device turned off 2 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of
198. bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal Your display may show ACQUIRING to interference indicate the interference and the audio system may mute 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 146 Audio System SIRIUS Satellite Radio Service Note SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 omm service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic SATELLITE R A Dio and entertainment programming Your factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle See your authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of SIRIUS9 satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com
199. bum art You can also press What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request SD Card and USB Voice Commands E If you are listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the commands in the following chart USB or SD CARD Browse Play podcast episode lt name gt Play similar music Pause Play song lt name gt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 456 MyFord Touche If Equipped Play artist lt name gt Play video podcast episode lt name gt Play audiobook lt name gt Play video playlist lt name gt Play author lt name gt If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card the system prompts you to specify what you would like to browse When prompted see the following Browse chart These commands are only available in USB mode and are device dependent 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche If Equipped 457 BROWSE Video playlist lt name g
200. ce as required Replace engine air filter Every 60000 miles Replace spark plugs 96000 km 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 372 Scheduled Maintenance Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads service as required Every 5000 miles Inspect the wheels and related components for 8000 km abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth Every 5000 miles Change engine oil and filter 8000 km or six Perform multi point inspection months C MAX Energi only Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change See Engine oil check in the Maintenance chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance Special Operating Condition Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Copt Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Copt Houns MiLEAGE 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Gu
201. ces 519 perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated with a music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote respectively reserve all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights
202. child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back WARNING Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e nsert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling e Place your vehicle seat back in the upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode See Step 5 This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Child Safety 25 Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and sh
203. circulated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle G Defrost Press to distribute air through the windshield air vents You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice H Instrument panel Press to distribute air through the instrument panel air vents 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Climate Control 149 I Footwell Press to distribute air through the footwell air vents J Air conditioning Press to switch the air conditioning on or off Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Temperature Control You can set the temperature between 60 F 15 5 C and 85 F 29 5 C in 1 F 0 5 C increments In position LO 59 F 15 C the system switches to permanent cooling In position HI 86 F 80 C the system switches to permanent heating Note If you select either position LO or HI the system does not regulate a stable temperature Mono Mode In this mode the temperature settings for both the driver s side and passenger s side are linked If you adjust the setting using the rotary control on the driver s side the s
204. ck if your key is still in the ignition The vehicle can still be locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter even if the doors are not closed If both front doors are closed the vehicle can be locked by any method regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped This feature helps to prevent you from unintentionally locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle s passenger compartment or rear cargo area When you lock your vehicle using the power door lock control with the door open vehicle in park and ignition off after you close the door the vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment If an intelligent access key is found inside the vehicle all of the doors will immediately unlock and the horn will chirp indicating that the intelligent access key is inside In order to override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside the vehicle you can lock your vehicle after all doors are closed by pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key or touching the locking area on the handle with another intelligent access key in your hand When you open one of the front doors and lock the vehicle using the power door lock control all doors will lock then unlock if e the ignition is on or e the ignition is off and the vehicle is not in P 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h
205. ck when you press the liftgate release button 2 Press the control button located in the top of the liftgate pull cup handle Note Allow the power system to open the liftgate after pressing the control Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system s obstacle detection feature and stops the power operation 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks 79 To close with the control on the liftgate Press and release the de button 4 WARNING Keep clear of the liftgate when activating the rear switch Setting Liftgate Open Height 1 Open the liftgate 2 Manually move the liftgate to the desired height 3 Press and hold the control button on the liftgate until a chime is heard indicating the new height has been programmed Note The height cannot be programmed if the liftgate position is too low The new open liftgate height will now be recalled when the power liftgate is opened To change the programmed height repeat the above procedure Once the power liftgate is opened it can be manually moved to a different height When operating the power liftgate after a lower height than full open has been programmed the liftgate can be fully opened by manually pushing it upward to the maximum open position 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 80 Locks Obstacle Detection When closing The system will stop when it dete
206. cking doors opening the trunk replacing the batteries Roadside assistance Roll stability control Route preferences S Safety Belt Maintenance Safety belts see Safety restraints 34 37 Safety defects reporting Safety information 378 429 Safety restraints 34 35 37 Belt Minder extension assembly for adults netus 34 35 for Children i 19 24 Occupant Classification DGMNSOM dias safety belt maintenance seat belt maintenance warning light and chime Safety restraints LATCH anchors Safety seats for children 19 24 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Safety Compliance Certification Label 352 Satellite Radio 447 Scheduled Maintenance Guide Normal Scheduled Maintenance and Log 364 DD Card iis 144 453 492 Seat belts see Safety restraints 34 CALS escindida 162 child safety seats 19 24 front SEALS x sss 158 160 lieated niece ete erts 163 second row seats 162 SecuriLock passive anti theft SVSLOTU sepe SEE EPERAIRUBEERIS 81 Selecting your media source USB
207. come misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you are driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire Rotation Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life e Front wheel drive FWD EA 1 E 3 vehicles front tires at left of diagram 4 EU Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 331 USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rati
208. concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 e THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 508 Appendices End user notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based s
209. conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuel and Refueling 197 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds e Have the items listed in Scheduled Maintenance Information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in Scheduled Maintenance Information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If other t
210. county maintained road no recoveries e towing Ford and Lincoln eligible vehicles towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 kilometers of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 kilometers from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 kilometers Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 253 Vehicles Sold in the U S Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is found in the owner s manual portfolio in the glove compartment U S Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 kilometers To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Vehicles Sold in Canada Getting Roadside A
211. crease the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while the vehicle is in motion The auxiliary input jack AIJ allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through the vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male Ys inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end Make sure the vehicle radio and portable music player are turned off and the transmission is in position P Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the AIJ Turn on the radio Select either a tuned FM station or a CD Adjust the volume as desired Turn on your portable music player and adjust its volume to v5 the maximum Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls KH SA PP PENN 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 144 Audio System USB PORT IF EQUIPPED WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that you use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take your focus off
212. ct to have the system search by certain music categories rock pop country etc RBDS RDS Text Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to set a category 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 138 Audio System Scan Select for a brief sampling of all available channels Show ESN Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number ESN You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS to activate modify or track your account Channel Guide Select to view available satellite radio channels Press OK to select Tune Channel Skip Channel or Lock Channel Once a channel is skipped or locked you can only access it by pressing Direct and entering the channel number Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN Set Category Select to view channel categories pop rock news etc If you select a category seek and scan functions will only stop on channels in that category Alerts Select to enable disable an alert for a song artist or team The system alerts you when the selection is playing on another channel Save up to 20 alerts Unlock All Stations Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations Skip No Stations Use to unskip any channels you previously skipped Parental Lock PIN Select to create a PIN which allows you to lock or unlock channels Your initial PIN is 1234 201
213. cts an obstacle and two short chimes will sound Once the obstacle is removed the liftgate can be closed under power Note Entering the vehicle while the liftgate is closing can cause the vehicle to bounce and activate obstacle detection To prevent this allow the power liftgate to fully close before entering the vehicle Before driving off check the instrument cluster for a liftgate or door ajar message or warning indicator Driving off without first checking for the liftgate or door ajar message or warning indicator could result in the liftgate being left open unintentionally while you are driving When opening The system will stop and two short chimes will sound when it detects an obstacle Remove the obstacle to operate the liftgate 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Security 81 SECURILOCK PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Note The system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Metallic objects electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues if they are too close to the key when starting the engine Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine Switch the ignition off move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine if a problem occurs Note Do not leave
214. currently paired with the system as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Prioritize Choose your connection methods and change Connection Methods them as needed You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi The Wi Fi CERTIFIED Logo is a bf Cri certification mark of the Wi Fi Alliance CERTIFIED 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 488 MyFord Touche If Equipped Help Press the Settings icon Help then select from the following View the vehicle s current location if your vehicle is equipped with navigation If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation nothing is displayed System Information View the following information Touchscreen system serial number vehicle identification number VIN touchscreen system software version navigation system version if applicable map database version if equipped with navigation Sirius satellite radio ESN if activated and Gracenote Database Information and Library version applications installed on your system vehicle is moving 911 Assist Turn 911 Assist on and off See 911 Assist in the SYNC applications and services section Voice Command List View categorized lists of voice commands To access
215. d always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided WARNING Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints WARNING Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Several airbag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 44 Supplementary Restraints System The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag Note You will hear
216. d and the tachometer is greyed out Accessory Power Indicates electrical power demands from your vehicle s accessory systems Accessories use power but do not contribute to propelling the vehicle The gauge separately displays power demand in kilowatts kW for climate and other accessories Climate includes the power being used by high voltage climate control components such as the electric A C compressor and the electric heater Energi vehicles only Other includes all power being used by the low voltage accessories cabin fans headlights heated seats etc Battery Display The high voltage battery display options include Regen Active Charge Assist and Charge Level Regen Active A circular arrow symbol appears over the center of the battery when energy is being recaptured through the regenerative braking system Charge Assist An arrow above the battery indicates the battery is being charged an arrow below the battery indicates that battery power is being used for propulsion or to power the vehicle accessories Charge Level This indicates the State of Charge of the battery Additionally for Energi vehicles the option only applies for the Hybrid Mode battery display simple battery graphic The Plug in Power Mode battery will always show the charge level with associated remaining EV range 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 118 Information Displays Inst Fuel Shows in
217. de gf 1st Printing USA fus 266 Customer Assistance REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has EZ a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 or online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuses 267 CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage
218. der this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to TeleNav in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement 8 Miscellaneous 8 1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement TeleNav retains all right title and interest in and to the TeleNav Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to or shall be granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel or otherwise and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 514 Appendices 8 3 By using the TeleNav Software you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications including notices agreements legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software collectively Notices electronically TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on Tele
219. desired location simply go and then press Set as Dest POI Icons On Off Select POI icons to be displayed on the map Up to three icons can be selected for display on the map at the same time Cancel Route Cancel the active route View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active e View route e Edit destination waypoints e Edit turn list e Detour e Edit route preferences e Edit traffic preferences e Cancel route Rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar 0 25 mi Cherry Hill Rd s Ui with the arrows P ara Navteq is the digital map provider for the navigation application If you find map data errors you may report them directly to Navteq by going to http mapreporter navteq com Navteq evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche If Equipped 501 Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership by calling 1 800 NAVMAPS in Mexico call 01 800 557 5539 or going to www navigation com ford You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available Navigation Voice Commands EB When in navigation mode press the voice button on the i steering wheel control After the tone say any of the following commands Cancel route Show
220. detected within the Traction Control System the stability control light will illuminate steadily Verify that the Traction Control System was not manually disabled through the information display If the stability control light still illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with Traction Control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death The stability control light temporarily illuminates on engine Pdl Start up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system 728 The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine Hl start up and stays on when the traction control system is turned off When the traction control system is turned off or on a message appears in the information display showing system status 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Stability Control 217 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction or wheel tire size may change the handling characteristics of the vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the
221. di Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number for Kuwait 24810575 FAX 971 4 3327299 Email menacac ford com www me ford com 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance 265 If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Manual A French owner s manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Gui
222. djuster at the front outboard seating positions e safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions e belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position P e Safety belt warning light and chime See Safety belt warning T light and indicator chime later in this chapter P Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness t indicator See Crash sensors and airbag indicator in the Supplemental Restraint System chapter The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal near frontal and side collisions and in rollovers The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body when activated This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal collisions the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the collision is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 34 Safety Belts FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from
223. dow a third time to the resistance The bounce back function is disabled and you can close the window manually The window will override the resistance and you can close it fully Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible if the window does not close after the third attempt Resetting the Bounce Back Feature 4 WARNING The bounce back function remains deactivated until you have reset the memory You must reset the bounce back memory separately for each window after the battery has been disconnected 1 Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed 2 Release the switch 3 Lift the switch again for one more second 4 Press and hold the switch until the window is fully open 5 Release the switch 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 98 Windows and Mirrors 6 Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed 7 Open the window and then try to close it automatically 8 Reset and repeat the procedure if the window does not close automatically Accessory Delay If Equipped You can use the window switches for several minutes after the you switch the ignition off or until either front door is opened EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors 4 WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion A Left hand mirror B Off C Right hand mirror Press the arrows to adjust the mirror v Fold Away Exterior Mirrors Push
224. driving position before adjusting any head restraint Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible remaining comfortable For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its highest position A Front Seat Head Restraints 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 156 Seats Rear Seat Center Head Restraints The head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve adjust and release button D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button Adjusting the Head Restraint Raise Pull up the head restraint Lower 1 Press and hold button C 2 Push the head restraint down Remove 1 Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position 2 Press and hold buttons C and D 3 Pull the head restraint up Install Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seats 157 Rear Seat Outboard Head Restraints The head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve unlock and remove button D Fold button Remove 1 Press and hold buttons C 2 Pull the head restraint up Install Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down unt
225. duct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that you use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 16 Introduction EXPORT UNIQUE NON UNITED STATES CANADA VEHICLE SPECIFIC INFORMATION For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this owner s manual A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By
226. e If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 402 SYNC SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI Note SYNC Services requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Using SYNC with your phone for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or
227. e With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside the vehicle 911 Assist Turn 911 Assist on or off See 911 Assist in the SYNC Services and Applications section Phone Ringer Select what ring tone you would like to hear when you receive a call Choose from possible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone a beep text to speech or if you would like the notification to be silent Text Message Select how you would like to be notified when Notification you receive a text message if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 466 MyFord Touche If Equipped Internet Data Use this screen to make adjustments to your Connection internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the PAN personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to make adjustments to your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for additional information Manage Phonebook Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Be alerted to when your phone is in roaming mode If compatible Phone Voice Commands ZEB Press the voice bu
228. e BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within 40 days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibil
229. e Browsing device content earlier in this section If you have said Tune see the following Tune chart lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt AM preset lt gt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 447 FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt FM lt 679 107 gt HD ee JA If available SIRIUS Satellite Radio If Activated D Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen then select the SIRIUS tab When you select Presets You can Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the station is being saved then sound returns when it is done Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any SIRIUS channel Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station If you change stations the previous audio is erased While in replay mode 1 Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song 2 Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track 3 Press play or pause to play or pause the audio 4 Press Replay again to return to live audio if you have been using the replay feature to replay audio Hear a brief sampling of channels 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf
230. e Front outboard safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors first row only and safety belt usage sensors e Driver s seat position sensor e Front passenger sensing system e Passenger airbag off on indicator lamp e Front crash severity sensors e Restraints Control Module RCM with impact and safing sensors e hestraint system warning light and backup tone e The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights How Does the Personal Safety System Work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module During a crash the restraints control module may activate the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 43 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module WARNING All occupants of your vehicle including the driver shoul
231. e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call Failure to cancel the call results in SYNC attempting to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If the call is not cancelled and a successful call is made a prerecorded message is played for the 911 operator then the occupant s in the vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware was damaged in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s paired and connected to the system was thrown from the vehicle 911 Assist Privacy Notice Once 911 Assist is set on it may disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on 2013 C
232. e TeleNav Software is also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to TeleNav s third party vendor licensors NavTeq End User License Agreement END USER TERMS The content provided Data is licensed not sold By opening this package or installing copying or otherwise using the Data you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you are not permitted to install copy use resell or transfer the Data If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement and have not installed copied or used the Data you must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ North America LLC NT within thirty 80 days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price To contact NT please visit www navteq com 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 515 The Data is provided for your personal internal use only and may not be resold It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms this End User License Agreement and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and NAVTEQ North America LLC NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers on the other hand The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities including 9 Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada 9 Queen s
233. e actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 310 Vehicle Care e If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner e If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas e Avoid cleaners or polish
234. e after an open request four short warning chimes indicate excessive load on the gate or a possible strut failure See your authorized dealer if you still have a fast chime after the load is removed To open or close from the instrument panel Press the c instrument panel button Note The doors must be unlocked 5 EB To open or close with the remote control Press the remote xA control button twice within three seconds 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 78 Locks To open or close using the hands free liftgate feature with intelligent access only 1 Make sure you have an intelligent access transmitter within 3 feet 1 meter of the liftgate 2 Raise and lower your leg moving your foot toward and away from the rear bumper similar to a kicking motion The liftgate will power open close Note Allow the power system to open the liftgate Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system s obstacle detection feature and stops the power operation Note Splashing water may cause the hands free liftgate to open Keep the intelligent access transmitter away from the rear bumper detection area while washing your car To open with the outside liftgate control button 1 Unlock the liftgate with the remote control or power door unlock control If the intelligent access transmitter if equipped is within 3 feet 1 meter of the liftgate the liftgate will unlo
235. e ignition and radio are turned on and the transmission is in position P Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands free calls 1 Press the phone button when the display indicates no phone is paired press OK 2 When Add Bluetooth Device appears press OK 3 When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK 4 Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 383 5 When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display 6 The display indicates when the pairing is successful 7 Depending on your phone s capability and your market the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up downloading your phone book etc Pairing Subsequent Phones Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and that the transmission is in position P Press the phone button and scroll until System Settings is selected Press OK and scroll until Bluetooth Devices is selected and press OK Scroll until Add Bluetooth Device is selected and
236. e is equipped with a fuel pump shut off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shutoff 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Turn the ignition to crank 3 Turn the ignition to crank 4 Turn the ignition on again to re enable the fuel pump For vehicles equipped with a push button start system 1 Press the START STOP button to power the vehicle off 2 Press the START STOP button to power the vehicle on 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to re enable fuel pump HIGH VOLTAGE SHUT OFF In the event of a crash e Take the same actions as you would take in a crash involving a gasoline powered vehicle exit the vehicle safely or await the assistance of an emergency responder if they are unable to get out on their own move a safe distance away from the vehicle and notify the authorities of the crash If possible inform emergency responders that the vehicle is electric powered e Vehicle owners should not store a severely damaged vehicle in a garage or near other vehicles The high voltage shut off operation shuts off power from the high voltage battery after a collision or if your vehicle receives a substantial physical jolt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 255 To reactivate the vehicle after either event perform the following steps 1 Press the START STOP button to power the vehicle on 2 Press the START STOP button to power the vehic
237. e it is turned on for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Network Use a previously stored wireless network You can categorize by alphabetical listing priority and signal strength You can also choose to search for a network connect to a network disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Gateway Access Point Mode Make SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer by turning this feature on This forms the local area network within the vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer internet browsing etc Press for more information Gateway Access Point Settings View and change settings for using SYNC as the internet gateway Gateway Access Point Device List View who has connected to your Wi Fi connection recently 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche If Equipped 487 USB Mobile Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also Broadband use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet You must activate your mobile broadband device on your PC prior to connecting it to the system This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection USB mobile broadband settings may not be displayed if the device is already activated You can select the following Country Carrier Phone Number User Name and Password Bluetooth Settings Shows you what device is
238. e liftgate area L before using liftgate control WARNING Make sure the liftgate is closed to prevent exhaust IN fumes from being drawn into the vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents open so outside air comes into the vehicle Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate Press twice within three seconds to e unlatch a manual liftgate e open close or reverse the movement of a power liftgate Activating Intelligent Access If Equipped The intelligent access key must be within 3 feet 1 meter of the vehicle At the Front Doors Pull a front exterior door handle The door will unlock and can be opened Press and hold the door handle lock sensor to lock the vehicle To avoid unlocking the door inadvertently be sure to only touch the lock sensor and not other areas of the door handle At the Liftgate Press the exterior liftgate release button on the top of the liftgate pull cup handle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks 73 Smart Unlocks for Integrated Keyhead Transmitter This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of the vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open one of the front doors and lock the vehicle with the power door lock control all the doors will lock then unlo
239. e operation the coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the coolant is clear and uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the coolant has degraded nor does it require the coolant to be drained the system to be flushed or the coolant to be replaced e DO NOT MIX different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of coolants may harm your cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine inverter system controller and cooling system components and may void the warranty e n case of emergency a large amount of water without engine coolant may be added to the engine cooling system only in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the engine cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with prediluted engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing DO NOT use this method for the inverter system controller cooling system The inverter system controller cooling system operates close to ambient temperature and is susceptible to freezing in any subfreezing environment in the absence of coolant e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or
240. e with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in MAX A C defrost and floor defrost G e 490 MyFord Touche If Equipped H AUTO Touch to engage automatic operation then set the temperature using the temperature control The system automatically controls e Fan speed e Airflow distribution e A C on or off e Outside or recirculated air I Manual controls Select any of the following airflow distribution modes e Floor Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents and provides outside air to reduce window fogging e Panel Distributes air through the instrument panel vents e Panel Floor Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents e Floor Distributes air through the demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents e MAX Defrost Touch to distribute outside air through the windshield air vents Air conditioning is automatically selected The fan is set to the highest speed and the temperature to HI When the air distribution is set in this position you are unable to select recirculated air or manually adjust the fan speed and temperature control e Defrost Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice Touch again to return to the previous airflow selection When on defrost provides outside air to reduce window fogging and distr
241. ear a slight whine or whistle when operating your vehicle This is the normal operation of the electric generator in the hybrid system During certain events such as vehicle servicing your low voltage underhood battery may become disconnected or disabled Once the battery is reconnected and after driving the vehicle the engine may continue to operate for three to five seconds after the key is turned to off This is a normal condition Braking Your hybrid is equipped with standard hydraulic braking and regenerative braking Regenerative braking is performed by your vehicle computer housed with the transmission and it commands a portion of the brake energy stored in your high voltage battery Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy Note Having your engine running is not always an indication of inefficiency In some cases it is actually more efficient than driving in electric mode Your fuel economy should improve throughout your hybrid s break in period As with any vehicle fuel economy can be significantly impacted by your driving habits accessory usage temperature and terrain For best results keep in mind these tips e Keep the tires properly inflated and only use the recommended size 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Unique Driving Characteristics 181 e Aggressive driving increases the amount of energy required to move your vehicle In general better fuel economy is achieved with mild to
242. ear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines and will not be covered by your warranty Heated Exterior Mirror If Equipped Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it is frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Both mirrors are heated to remove ice mist and fog when the rear window defroster is activated CABIN AIR FILTER Note A cabin air filter must be installed at all times to prevent foreign objects from entering the system Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system Your cabin air filter is located in the passenger foot well area The cabin air filter element is designed to reduce the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air being supplied to the interior of the vehicle The presence of a particulate filter element provides the following benefits e Improves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration e Improves the interior compartment cleanliness e Protects the climate control components from particle deposits For replacement intervals regarding the cabin air filter see the Scheduled Maintenance chapter For more information regarding your filter see your authorized dealer 2013 C Max Full H
243. ecked by your authorized dealer Low Washer Fluid ay lt will illuminate when the windshield washer fluid is low Overdrive Cancel and Grade Assist if equipped It will illuminate when the overdrive function of the transmission has been turned off and the grade assist function has been turned on 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 109 Parking Lamps ENDE it will illuminate when you switch the parking lamps or headlam 00 ps on Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Tt will illuminate when a powertrain or high voltage charge yA system fault has been detected If the indicator stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Ready to Drive It will illuminate once the vehicle has been switched on and is ready to drive A corresponding message may display stating ready to drive or a message regarding budget if a charge point has not been entered Service Engine Soon The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned to the on position to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance 1 M testing Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not
244. ed from the 22 icons available each icon can be used more than once e r ulse Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the home position Only one entry from the Address Book can be saved as Home This icon cannot be changed POI Point Of Interest icons can be displayed on the map and can be turned on or off There are about 56 subcategories of POIs that can be selected to be displayed on the map one at a time Starting point indicates the starting point of a planned route Waypoints indicates the location of a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in the route list Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route No GPS symbol indicates that insufficient GPS satellite signals are available for accurate map positioning This icon may be intermittently displayed under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 500 MyFord Touche If Equipped Quick touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the map display to access the following options When you select You can Set as Dest Select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the
245. ed by one or more of the following e The readiness light will either flash or stay lit N e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and or light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision The safety belt pretensioners and the airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains longitudinal or lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage etc were not appropriate to activate these safety devices e Front airbags are designed to activate only in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration e The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal near
246. ehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report privacy notice Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to automatically remind you to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The vehicle health report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle Diagnostic Information e Scheduled maintenance e Open Recalls and Field Service Actions e Unserviced items from vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer You can run a report after the vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds by pressing the voice button and saying Vehicle health report or pressing the
247. eighth tank or less e Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced on parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert and the collision warning system Optional Settings These settings can be configured right after a MyKey is first created or changed afterward with an admin key e Vehicle speed limit of 80 mph 130 km h Visual warnings are displayed followed by an audible tone when vehicle speed has reached 80 mph 130 km h e Vehicle speed warning of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km h Visual warnings are displayed followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyKey 65 e Audio system maximum volume of 4596 A message in the audio system is displayed when attempting to exceed the limited volume e AdvanceTrac The system cannot be turned off when Always on has been set CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display control to create a MyKey 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition or if the vehicle is equipped with push button start put the Intelligent Access key in the backup slot see the Starting and Stopping the Engine chapter for the backup slot location Turn the ignition on Access the main menu from the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the button Press OK to select Create When prompted hold
248. electrical or electronic accessories or components that are added to the vehicle by the authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability and may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan 355 FORD ESP EXTENDED SERVICE PLANS U S ONLY More than 32 million Ford and Lincoln owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford ESP It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Up to 500 Covered Vehicle Components There are four new vehicle Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask your dealer for details PremiumCare Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what is not covered ExtraCare Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items BaseCare Covers 84 components PowertrainCare Covers 29 critical components Ford ESP is honored by all Ford and Lincoln Dealers in the U S and Canada It is the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service anywhere you go e Factory trained technicians e Ford Authorized Parts used with every covered repair
249. em Mechanical Key Blade The key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that can be used to unlock the driver door Type 1 ceo 2 To release the mechanical key blade u 1 Press and hold the push buttons on the edges of the transmitter to Y release the cover Carefully remove the cover 1 2 Remove the key blade 1 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 58 Keys and Remote Control Type 2 gt To release the key blade slide the release on the back of the transmitter then pull the blade out Note Your vehicle s back up keys were issued with a security tag that DD Information Keep the tad in amp safe 1031X information Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board Note Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter from the vehicle The transmitter should operate normally The remote control uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent Integrated Keyhead Transmitter 1 Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover 2 Remove the old battery 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Keys and Remote Control
250. em could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering EPS system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See the technical specifications chart in the Capacities and Specifications chapter Note The front and rear washer systems are supplied from the same reservoir 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 289 State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system CHANGING THE LOW VOLTAGE BATTERY Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft main
251. ending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Press Messaging Send Text 3 Enter a phone number or choose from your phone book 4 You can select from the following options e Send sends the message as it is e Edit Text allows you to customize the pre defined message or create a message on your own You can then preview the message and verify the recipient as well as update the message list and send it to a connected device i e USB drive Thanks Stuck in traffic Call me later LOL 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 465 Receiving a Text Message Note If you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 5 mph 8 km h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if supported by your phone You can press e View to view the text message e Listen for SYNC to read the message to you e Dial to call the contact e Ignore to exit the screen Phone Settings Press Phone gt Settings then select from the following settings Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicl
252. enient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact a regional office or owner relations customer relationship office The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 264 Customer Assistance If your ve
253. er away from you When you release the lever the wiper will operate for a short time j 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 90 Lighting LIGHTING CONTROL A Off B Parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps C Headlamps High Beams Push the lever forward to switch the high beams on Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off Headlamp Flasher Pull the lever toward you slightly and release it to flash the headlamps 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Lighting 91 AUTOLAMPS IF EQUIPPED Note It may be necessary to switch your headlamps on manually in severe weather conditions The headlamps will switch on and off automatically in low light situations or during inclement weather The headlamps will remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off You can adjust the time delay using the information display controls Note If you switch autolamps on in conjunction with autowipers low beam headlamps will illuminate automatically when the rain sensor activates the windshield wipers continuously INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER Note The illumination settings default to the maximum setting after the battery is disconnected then reconnected or discharged then recharged Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps Press repeatedly or press
254. er in a safe and legal manner before attempting to 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 509 access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features
255. er indicate a short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door See the payload description and graphic in the Load Carrying chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 324 Wheels and Tires INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company WARNING Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance
256. er six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 328 Wheels and Tires Tire Replacement Requirements WARNING Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrai
257. er will not be illuminated L Low e Provides maximum engine braking e The transmission may be shifted into L Low at any vehicle speed 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 210 Transmission Brake Shift Interlock WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working WARNING When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the on position unless the brake pedal is pressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brake lamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter If the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly the following procedure will allow you to move the gearshift lever from P Park 1 Apply the parking brake turn the ignition key to the off positi
258. erating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE AII title and intellectual 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 507 property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants
259. erged may allow water into the transmission and cause internal transmission damage Note Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 248 Driving Hints FLOOR MATS WARNING Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the footwell of your vehicle Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed Only use floor mats that are firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways e Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury e Always make sure that the floor mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to ensure mats do not shift out of position e Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle footwell that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle e Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats Floor mats should always rest on top of the vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat
260. ers Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 206 High Voltage Battery HIGH VOLTAGE SERVICE DISCONNECT The high voltage service disconnect shuts off power from the high voltage battery Disabling the High Voltage Battery Note There is a disconnect circuit in your vehicle Disconnecting the circuit will automatically disable the high voltage battery To disable the high voltage battery and stop all high voltage electric activity in the vehicle you can access high voltage disconnect circuit To do this you must unplug the circuit from the circuit port that is connected to the high voltage battery In full hybrid vehicles the high voltage disconnect circuit is located behind the rear fold down seats near the left side of the vehicle In plug in hybrid vehicles the disconnect circuit is located behind the rear fold down seats near on the right side of the vehicle To access this circuit 1 Fold down the rear seats 2 Remove the cover panel A cut out area will be visible which allows your hand access to the circuit 3 Slide the handle on the service disconnect outboard e On C MAX vehicles slide the service disconnect handle to the left 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus High Voltage Battery 207 e On C MAX Energi vehicles slide the service disconnect handle to the right 4 Pull the handle toward you and remove the circuit from the vehicle to disable the high voltage ba
261. ers Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 492 MyFord Touch If Equipped NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see your authorized dealer Note The SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and release it Do not attempt to pull the card out to remove it this could cause damage Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destination mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears See Setting a destination later in this chapter To view the navigation map and the vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest Map See Map mode later in this chapter Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears Choose any of the following Edit Route Cancel Route Previous Starting Point Freeway Entrance Exit Latitude Longitude o 1 Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry the Go button appears once all the necessary information has been entered Pressing the Go button makes the address location appear on the map If you choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear Poin
262. es that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens e Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Damage may not be covered by your warranty If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Vehicle Care 311 4 Remove t
263. essing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 436 MyFord Touche If Equipped Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction which uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback Interaction Mode Novice mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Phone Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command To access these settings using the touchscreen 1 Press the Settings icon gt S
264. etecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground WARNING Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system may create false beeps Note Keep the sensors located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt If the sensors are covered the system s accuracy can be affected Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects Note If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms Note If your vehicle is equipped with MyKey it is possible to prevent turning the sensing system off Refer to the MyKey chapter The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is switched on When receiving a detection warning the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio volume returns to the previous level 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 220 Parking Aids Using the Front and Rear Sensing System Rear Sensing System The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in R As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle
265. eting the Ford specification in order to avoid plugging the small coolant passageways Use of concentrated coolant and water may cause coolant passageway plugging and void the warranty See the technical specifications chart in the Capacities and Specifications chapter Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding Coolant WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly WARNING Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 284 Maintenance Note Do not use stop leak pellets or cooling system sealants additives as they can cause damage to the cooling and or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty Note During normal vehicl
266. etric unit of air pressure e PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure e Cold inflation pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 kilometers e Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door e B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door e Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim e Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread e Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle e Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 319 INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification N
267. ettings gt Voice Control 2 Select from e Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts Media Candidate Lists Phone Candidate Lists Voice Control Volume To access these settings using voice commands EE Press the voice icon after the tone sounds the system says us Please say a command Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 437 Using Voice Commands with the Touchscreen Options Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is most often available when using navigation On screen buttons are outlined in blue to indicate the selections that are part of the dual mode feature For example if while you are in a voice session rather than saying the command Enter Street Name to change the field you can press Street and the voice session does not end Instead the voice system changes to the Street field and asks you to say the street name The buttons not outlined in blue cannot be used as voice commands if they are touched during a voice session the voice session is canceled For example From the Navigation home screen you can choose from the following My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest POI Emergency Street Address Intersection Cancel Route Some of the voice commands that a
268. exposed electrical components or the engine compartment as a shock hazard may exist Avoid contact with leaking fluids and gases and remain out of the way of oncoming traffic until emergency responders arrive When emergency responders arrive tell them that the vehicle involved is an electric vehicle or hybrid electric vehicle Fires As with any vehicle call 911 immediately if you see sparks smoke or flames coming from the vehicle Exit the vehicle immediately Advise 911 that an electric or hybrid electric vehicle is involved As with any vehicle fire do not inhale smoke vapors or gas from the vehicle as they may be hazardous Remain a safe distance upwind and uphill from the vehicle fire Stay out of the roadway and stay out of the way of any oncoming traffic while awaiting the arrival of emergency responders Post Incident Do not store a severely damaged vehicle with a lithium ion battery inside a structure or within 50 feet 15 meters of any structure or vehicle Ensure that passenger and cargo compartments remain ventilated i e open window door or trunk For vehicles in the United States notify Ford Motor Company 1 800 392 3673 then follow the prompts on the voice response menu an authorized Ford dealer or service center as soon as possible as there may be other steps to secure and or discharge the HV battery For vehicles in Canada notify Ford Motor Company 1 800 565 3673 then follow the prompt
269. f Inspect the flat tire for visible damage Sealant compound contains latex To avoid any allergic reactions use the non latex gloves located in the accessory box on the underside of the temporary mobility kit housing Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall stop and call roadside assistance 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 2 Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 339 3 Remove the tube cap and fasten the metal connector of the tube to the tire valve turning clockwise Make sure the connection is tightly fastened 4 Plug the power cable into the 12 volt power point in the vehicle E A 5 Remove the warning sticker found on the canister and place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash 6 Note Start the engine only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well ventilated area 7 Push and turn dial A Q B counterclockwise to the sealant 4 position Turn on the kit by pressing the on button B 8 Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on the Tire Label located on the driver s door or the door jamb area a gU 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 340 Wheels and Tires Note When the sealing compound is first added into the tire the air pressure gauge readi
270. f the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat e High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be better choice 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Child Safety 23 Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips ARK If the booster seat slides on your vehicle seat placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 24 Child Safety INSTALLING CHILD SEATS Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a
271. features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing Your Phone for the First Time WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to ON and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s user guide if necessary 3 When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 461 4
272. federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data Wi Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire 2013 JiWire Gracenote Copyright CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 9 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 46 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement EULA This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville California 94608 Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendi
273. following options When you select Phone Status See the provider name signal power battery power and roaming status of your connected phone Press OK to select and scroll to view the information When done press OK again to return to the phone status menu Set Ringer Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call one of the system s or your phone s 1 Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer 2 Press OK to select Note If your phone supports in band ringing your phone s ringer sounds when Phone Ringer is chosen Message Notification Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives 1 Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notification On or Message Notification Off 2 Press OK to select 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 393 When you select Modify Phonebook Auto Download Modify the contents of your phone book i e add delete download Press OK to select and scroll between Add Contacts Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book Push the desired contact s on your phone See your phone s user guide on how to push contacts Delete Phonebook Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history When Delete Phonebook appears press OK to confirm SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu Download Phonebook Press OK to select
274. fus 218 Stability Control A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac with RSC skidding off its intended route j B Vehicle with AdvanceTrac with j RSC maintaining control on a slippery surface ASS ey lt a ES USING ADVANCETRAC WITH RSC The system automatically activates when you start your engine The AdvanceTrac with RSC system cannot be completely turned off but the ESC and RSC portions of the system are disabled when the transmission is in R Reverse The traction control portion of the system can be turned off independently See the Traction Control chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Parking Aids 219 SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section Sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation WARNING To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system WARNING This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in d
275. fus Locks 71 Remote Control The remote control can be used anytime the vehicle is not running Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock Pu Press the button to unlock the driver s door Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors The turn signals will flash Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two stage unlocking Disabling two stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button The turn signals will flash twice to indicate the unlocking mode was changed The unlocking mode will be applied to the remote control and intelligent access if equipped Intelligent access at the driver s door will unlock all doors when two stage unlocking is disabled Locking the Doors oo ii O Bi Press the button to lock all the doors The turn signals will illuminate Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed The doors will lock again the horn will chirp and the turn signals will illuminate if all the doors and the liftgate are closed Note If any door or the liftgate is not closed or if the hood is not closed on vehicles equipped with an anti theft alarm or remote start the horn will chirp twice and the lamps will not flash 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 72 Locks Liftgate WARNING Make sure all persons are clear of th
276. g Information If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine idling for long periods of time we recommend that you do one of the following e Open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters e Set your climate control to outside air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or physical injury WARNING Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters There is a risk of electrical shock Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below O F 18 C The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt A C electrical source 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 177 We recommend that you do the following for safe and correct operation e Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory or Canadian Standards Association This extension cord must be able to be used outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or become a fire haza
277. g the Engine 172 Ignition SWIUCh S eae d eee eg ae eco I eph RR RC SOR SR Rn s 172 Keyless starting uns svo RECO UR ee wA OY aoe ee PS es 173 Engine block heater llle 176 Unique Driving Characteristics 178 Hybrid electric vehicles decree nyaeur neti nehha iak 185 Fuel and Refueling 187 Buel Quality corso S hraa en en asks RI de e 188 Retueling cx ko RE REY RET XU REXe qx REBELDE EUG a 189 Running out of fels ise RR Ae ee Pad ene oe 194 Fuel consumption s 6634644088420 RAE 196 High Voltage Battery 200 High voltage battery llle 200 Charging the high voltage battery 0 0 0 0 0002 eee 201 Transmission 208 Automatic transmissions se res d ae ed ea ee Be ate tee RS 208 Hill start assist eee eei kem mm mira 211 Brakes 213 Brak68 x64 Ane of dee de v dM dp a XE E AME SG ERP tes 213 Hints on driving with anti lock brakes o o o o ooo o 214 Traction Control 216 Traction ControllM eza ese be cw lide ial HRs eg Se ae a 216 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Table of Contents 5 Stability Control 217 AdvanceTEaeS isses AES he AW PI Pie PE WEE Towed 218 Parking Aids 219 Sensing Systrar idee REFS due doe d be qe ha wes 219 Active park assist ee ee 222 Rear view camera system llle 226 Cruise Control 231 Driving Aids 233 DUGGEB s uds EA edens ew WE deb OM duae luto 233 Load Carrying 235 Luggage CVET e arca aA ROO a OX AUR ROS deduc W
278. g the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving WARNING Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance The steering will not be locked but higher effort will be required When the ignition is switched off some electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators may also be off 1 Press and hold the start button briefly or press it three times within two seconds 2 Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop 3 When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P and switch the ignition off Fast Restart If a valid key is not present the fast restart feature allows you to restart your vehicle within 10 seconds of switching it off Press the brake pedal and press the start button within 10 seconds After 10 seconds have expired you can no longer start your vehicle without the key present inside the vehicle Once your vehicle has started it remains running until you press the start button even if a valid key has not been detected If no valid key is detected the fast restart timer begins after switching the ignition off and after it is expired it is not possible to restart the vehicle STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When you start your engine the idle speed increases to warm the engine up If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked by an
279. g this process but it s an important part of your hybrid s high voltage battery optimization features The high voltage battery is cooled by cabin air drawn from vent holes in the trim panels behind the rear seats Avoid placing objects at the vent holes which block air flow to the high voltage battery 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 180 Unique Driving Characteristics The high voltage battery is located behind the rear seat or underneath the load floor The rear seats can be lowered to increase cargo space If the vehicle is left inoperative for over 31 days it may be necessary to jump start the vehicle Refer to Jump starting the vehicle in the Roadside Emergencies chapter and also see Low and high voltage battery storage in the Vehicle Care chapter Engine The engine speed in your hybrid is not directly tied to your vehicle speed Your vehicle s engine and transmission are designed to deliver the power you need at the most efficient engine speed During heavy accelerations your hybrid may reach high engine speeds up to 6000 rpm In prolonged mountainous driving you may see the engine tachometer changing without your input This is intentional and maintains the battery charge level You may also notice during extended downhill driving that your engine continues to run instead of shutting off During this engine braking the engine stays on but it s not using any fuel You may also h
280. ge intervals C MAX Energi plug in hybrid vehicles are equipped with the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor QOLM system which shows a message in the information display at the proper oil change service interval this interval may be up to two years or 20000 miles 32000 kilometers When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the information display it s time for an oil change the oil change must be done within two weeks or 500 miles 800 kilometers of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing The Intelligent Oil Life Monitor must be reset after each oil change See Engine oil check in the Maintenance chapter If your information display is prematurely reset or becomes inoperative you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles 8000 kilometers from your last oil change Never exceed two years or 20000 miles 32000 kilometers between oil change intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 360 Scheduled Maintenance Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Mot
281. ginal media e g the CD ROM or DVD you purchased all original packaging all Manuals and other documentation Specifically Multi disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 516 Appendices Additional License Limitations Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NT in a separate written agreement and without limiting the preceding paragraph your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement and you may not a use this Data with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch real time route guidance fleet management or similar applications or b with or in communication with including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs WARNING This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing circumstances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data any of which may lead to incorrect results No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your own risk NT and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of
282. gized and fully charged e Exposed electrical components wires and high voltage batteries present potential high voltage shock hazards e Venting off gassing high voltage battery vapors are potentially toxic and flammable e Physical damage to the vehicle or high voltage battery may result in immediate or delayed release of toxic and or flammable gases and fire Vehicle information and general safety practices e Know the make and model of your vehicle e Review the Owner s Manual and become familiar with your vehicle s safety information and recommended safety practices e Do not attempt to repair damaged electric and hybrid electric vehicles yourself Contact an authorized Ford Dealer or vehicle manufacturer representative for service Crashes A crash or impact significant enough to require an emergency response for conventional vehicles would also require the same response for an electric or hybrid electric vehicle If possible e Move your car to a safe nearby location and remain on the scene e Roll down windows before shutting vehicle off e Place vehicle in Park set parking brake turn off the vehicle activate hazard lights and move key s at least 16 feet 5 meters away from the vehicle Always e Call 911 if assistance is needed and advise that an electric or hybrid electric vehicle is involved 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 251 Do not touch
283. gnition is off e the driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled 1 Turn the ignition on DO NOT START THE MOTOR 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off approximately one minute e Once the next step is started the procedure must be completed within 60 seconds 3 For the seating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state e After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will turn on 4 While the safety belt warning light is on buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt e After Step 4 the safety belt warning light will flash three times for confirmation e This will disable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled e This will enable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Safety Belts 41 CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped s
284. h to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while the vehicle is in motion Troubleshooting e Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output The AIJ only works correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control e Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio as this causes distortion and reduces sound quality e f the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problems persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable music player The portable music player must be controlled in the same manner when it is used with headphones as the AIJ does not provide control play pause etc over the attached portable music player 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 460 MyFord Touche If Equipped PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC9 Once your phone is paired you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call e Ending a call e Using privacy mode e Dialing a number e Redialing e Call waiting notification e Caller ID Other
285. han Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Illumination of the service engine soon indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 198 Fuel and Refueling Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your warranty information for complete emission warranty information On board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This
286. he maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot i e driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire
287. he call by doing nothing 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 386 SYNC Phone Options during an Active Call During an active call you have additional menu features which become available such as putting a call on hold joining calls etc Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options To access 1 Press MENU during an active call 2 When Active Call Menu is selected press OK 3 Scroll to cycle through the following options When you select Mute Call Mute the call Privacy Switch a call from an active hands free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation Press OK when Privacy on off appears The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call Call Hold Put an active call on hold Press OK when Place Call on Hold appears To answer another call at this time press the phone button Join Calls Join two separate calls 1 Press the phone button 2 Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call Once actively in the second call press MENU 3 Scroll until Join Calls appears and press OK Press OK again when Join Calls appears Note SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty conference call 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 387 Enter Tones Enter tones such as numbers for passwords Scroll until the desired numbe
288. he fog lamp cover 2 Remove the 2 screws 3 Remove the lamp 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 301 4 Disconnect the electrical connector 5 Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing the Tail Lamp Brake Lamp and Turn Lamp Bulbs 1 Make sure the lighting control is in the off position 2 Open the liftgate 3 Remove the trim panel cover 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 302 Maintenance 4 Disconnect the electrical connector 5 Remove the wing nut 6 Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle 7 Remove the bulb holder 8 Gently press the bulb into the bulb holder turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove the bulb A Tail lamp and brake lamp B Turn lamp Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing the Reverse Lamp and Tail Lamp Bulbs 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 1 Make sure the lighting control is in the off position 2 Open the liftgate 3 Remove the trim panel cover Maintenance 303 4 Remove the wing nut 5 Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle 6 Disconnect the electrical connector 7 Remove the bulb holder 8 Gently press the bulb into the bulb holder turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove the bulb A Rever
289. he soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Clean spills and stains as quickly as possible For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Dry the area with a soft cloth If the leather cannot be completely cleaned using a mild soap and water solution the leather may be cleaned using a commercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors To check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vinyl and plastics or petroleum based leather conditioners These products may cause premature wearing or damage to the leather CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers Aluminum wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish In order to maintain their shine Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Heavy dirt and brake dust accumulation may require agitation with a sponge Rinse thor
290. he touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain features such as town blocks building footprints and railways 3D landmarks appear as clear visible objects which are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Coverage varies and improves with updated map releases 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 498 MyFord Touche If Equipped Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen It toggles between three different map modes Heading up North up and 3D 0 25 m Cherry Hill Rd Heading up 2D map always shows the direction of forward P travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 miles 4 kilometers For larger map scales this setting is remembered but the map is shown in North up only If the scale returns below this level then Heading up is restored N North up 2D map always shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen 3D map mode provides an elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted
291. hese terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the TeleNav Software TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal judgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe do not follow such instructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software unless your vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e
292. hic When in Plug in Power Mode an enhanced battery graphic is provided and available electric range is added to the display Battery Gauge The high voltage battery gauge appears on the right side of the information display screen This provides Charge Fill State of Charge Charge Assist and Regen Display e Charge Fill The fill level or State of Charge indicates the amount of energy stored in the high voltage battery as a percent of total energy capacity The level will increase or decrease as the battery charges and discharges during normal operation but the hybrid system will attempt to control the level to approximately the middle of the gauge under most driving conditions Charge Fill Energi Plug in Power Mode The fill level indicates the amount of energy stored in the high voltage battery which is available for Plug in Power Mode A full fill represents the total amount of energy you can get from an external charge plugging your vehicle in When the fill reaches empty your vehicle will automatically enter Hybrid Mode Electric Range Energi Plug in Power Mode The electric range estimate is based on the amount of battery energy currently available in the high voltage battery and your typical energy usage while driving This includes your drive habits as well as your use of accessories such as Climate Control The battery energy refers to the energy gained from charging the battery while plugged in e Charge Assist The up a
293. hich could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in the vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a collision Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on ensure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If 911 Assist is turned on or off by any user that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off a voice message plays and or a display message icon comes on when the vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 398 SYNC Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag or activates the fuel pump sh
294. hicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 1 313 594 4857 For customers in Guam the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number 1 800 841 FORD 3673 FAX 1 313 390 0804 Email expcac ford com If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Ford International Business Development Inc Customer Relationship Center P O Box 11957 Caparra Heights Station San Juan Puerto Rico 00922 1957 Telephone 1 800 1 313 390 0804 Email 841 FORD 3673 FAX 1 313 390 0804 Email prcac ford com www ford com pr If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Ford Middle East Customer Relationship Center P O Box 21470 Dubai United Arab Emirates Telephone 971 4 3326084 Toll Free Number for the Kingdom of Sau
295. hicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Choosing the Right Fuel Use only UNLEADED fuel or UNLEADED fuel blended with a maximum of 1596 ethanol Do not use fuel ethanol E85 diesel fuel fuel methanol leaded fuel or any other fuel because it could damage or impair the emission control system The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Octane Recommendations Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuel and Refueling 189 Fuel Freshness Mode Energi Vehicles Only Fuel freshness mode keeps the fuel system functional and the fuel fresh Old fuel can damage the engine and fuel system If operated continuously in EV Now mode fuel freshness mode will use up to a half tank of fuel every 9 months Fuel freshness mode will operate the vehicle in hybrid mode to consume the fuel During fuel freshness mode EV Now mode will not be available Fuel freshness mode will provide messages in the inform
296. hicle to a safe stop Turn the engine off shift to position P and apply the parking brake then inspect the accelerator pedal for any interferences If none are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Anti Lock Brake System ABS This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking The ABS lamp momentarily illuminates when the ignition is 5 turned on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the ABS may be disabled and may need to be serviced OLO If the ABS is disabled normal braking is still effective If the as brake warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake released have your brake system serviced immediately 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 214 Brakes Regenerative Braking System This feature is used to simulate the engine braking of an internal combustion engine and assist the standard brake system while recovering some of the energy of motion and storing it in the battery to improve fuel economy The standard brake system is designed to fully stop the car if regenerative braking is not available During regenerative braking the motor is spun as a generator to create electrical current This recharges the battery and slows the vehicle In effect once the accelerator pedal is released the motor changes from an energy user to an energy produce
297. his profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist if equipped Vehicle Health Report if equipped and Traffic Directions
298. hopping They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle from general maintenance to collision repairs Note Not all dealers have extended hours or bodyshops Please contact your dealer for details 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 359 Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems it is imperative that scheduled maintenance be completed at the designated intervals C MAX full hybrid vehicles are equipped with an information display which indicates the proper oil change service interval the interval is up to one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the information display it s time for an oil change the oil change must be done within two weeks or 500 miles 800 kilometers of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing The oil life monitoring system must be reset after each oil change See Engine oil check in the Maintenance chapter If your information display is prematurely reset or becomes inoperative you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles 8000 kilometers from your last oil change Never exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between oil chan
299. houlder belt guide on seat back if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a collision Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a collision be replaced However if the collision was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts see Cleaning the Interior in the Vehicle Care chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 42 Personal Safety System PERSONAL SAFETY SYSTEM The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints
300. ibutes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents J Driver settings Touch or to adjust the temperature Climate Control Voice Commands EB The following voice commands are available at the main menu level of a voice session For example press the voice button and after the prompt Say a command say any of the following commands Climate temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Climate temperature 60 85 degrees 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche If Equipped 491 There are additional climate control commands but in order to access them you have to say Climate first then when the system is ready to listen you may say any of the following commands Additional Climate Control Voice Commands Automatic Panel floor on A G off A C on Defrost off Rear defrost off Defrost on Rear defrost on Dual off Recirc off Fan decrease Recirc on ES Fan increase Temperature Floor off Temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Floor on Max A C off Max A C on Maximum fan Maximum windshield off Maximum windshield on Minimum fan Off On If you have said Temperature you can say any of the commands in the following Temperature chart Help 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Own
301. ications See Capacities amd Specifications for more information 3 Replace the filler cap Turn it until you feel a strong resistance 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 281 Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring System Note Reset the oil life monitoring only after an oil change 1 Turn the ignition key to the on position Do not start the engine For vehicles with push button start press and hold the start button for two seconds without pressing the brake pedal Do not attempt to start the engine 2 Press both the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time 3 Keep both pedals fully pressed 4 After three seconds the Service Oil reset in prog message will be displayed b After 25 seconds the Service Oil reset complete message will be displayed 6 Release both the accelerator and brake pedals 7 The Service Oil reset complete message will no longer be displayed 8 Rotate the key to the off position For vehicles with push button start press the start button to turn the vehicle off completely Oil Maintenance Mode If Equipped The oil maintenance mode is equipped on Energi models only The oil maintenance mode keeps the engine oil quality in good condition when you drive the vehicle with limited engine use If the vehicle is in oil maintenance mode when you start the vehicle a message will appear in the instrument cluster While the vehicle is in oil mainten
302. icle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Capacities and Specifications 351 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number is located on the driver side instrument panel ME Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system Gross Vehicle XXXXXX 3 Weight Rating GVWR Restraint Devices and their location F C Make vehicle line series body type G H D Engine type E Check digit F Model year G Assembly plant H Production sequence number 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 352 Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG REAR GAWR XXXXLB XXXXKG XXXX XXXXXXX XXXX XX AT XXX kPalXX DATE XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXXL XXXXKG WITH TIRES RIMS PS COLD XXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXX AT XXX kPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX pne TYPE XXX XXXXX A TTI I EXTPNT XX RC XX 0S0 wet
303. ide gf 1st Printing USA fus Index 521 OTI ASIS caia 397 474 Antifreeze see Engine coolant 282 A Anti lock brake system see Brakes sess 213 ABS see Brakes cente 213 Anti theft system n s 81 Accessing and using your il eee 81 83 USB port 453 Syste ins ers 83 Accessing call history phone AppLink sisisi 405 book during active call 386 Armrests cocconoccncoonnnnnnoonncnnnonnnnnons 162 Accessing your calendar 474 Audio system Accessing your media menu Single CD 135 140 141 features vcd 410 Audio system Accessing your phone menu see Radio 135 140 141 feat res ricos 388 Automatic transmission Accessory delay 98 driving an automatic i overdrive ccecce 208 Active call menu options 386 fluid adding cnn 288 Active Park Assist 222 fluid checking 288 Adding pairing a phone 461 Iud refill capacities 346 Advanced menu options 395 416 A input on drid 450 Advanced menu options ae E input jack 142 prompts languages defaults Lime HU e master reset installing Auxiliary powerpoint 169 applications onere rait 395 AN inputs 144 458 Airbag supplemental restraint A teret 4b B and child safety seats 46 description serrit 45 Battery siii 289 disposal zu te eerte 54 jumping a disabled battery 255
304. ide gf 1st Printing USA fus 374 Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 375 EXCEPTIONS California fuel filter replacement If the vehicle is registered in California the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life Ford Motor Company however urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service Hot climate oil change intervals Vehicles operating in the Middle East North Africa Sub Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines Certification mark oil of SM or SN quality the no
305. idle trim and fuel trim strategy optimize the driveability and performance of the engine Some other computer settings like the clock and radio station presets are also maintained in memory by power from the low voltage battery When a technician disconnects and connects the low voltage battery these settings are erased Complete the following procedure in order to restore the settings 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Shift the transmission to P Park 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 290 Maintenance 3 Turn off all accessories 4 Step on the brake pedal and start the vehicle 5 Step on the accelerator to start the engine 6 Run the engine until the engine reaches normal operating temperature While the engine is warming up complete the following e Reset the clock See Clock in the Audio System chapter e Reset the radio station presets See Number block in the Audio System chapter e Reset the power windows bounce back feature See Resetting the Bounce Back Feature in the Power Windows section 7 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 8 If the engine turns off step on the accelerator to start the engine 9 While the engine is running step on the brake pedal and shift the transmission to N Neutral 10 Allow the engine to run for at least one minute by pressing on the accelerator pedal 11 Drive the vehicle at least 10 miles
306. if equipped 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Lighting 95 AMBIENT LIGHTING IF EQUIPPED The ambient lighting system illuminates the interior with a choice of several colors The ambient lighting control is located in the overhead console A B C A Color palette B Control knob C Search mode e Rotate B to switch on and adjust to the desired brightness e Press A to cycle through the color choices e Press C to switch on all interior lamps and all ambient lighting Press C again to switch off the interior lamps and return the ambient lighting to the previously selected color The ambient lighting will switch on when the following conditions have been met e you switch the ignition on e you switch the headlamps on e the outside ambient light level is low The ambient lighting will remain on until you switch the ignition off and one of the following conditions have been met e you lock your vehicle e the accessory delay timer expires 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 96 Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS WARNING Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves 4 WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings
307. if other POIs are also set for display Route Preferences Choose to have the system display the shortest route fastest route or most ecological route trains when planning your route available Preferences only Have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 497 When you select Traffic Preferences Avoid Areas Map Mode Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current route no notification is provided Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before the route deviation is made Turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map road work incidents accidents closed roads etc Choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to select a category Once you make a selection the system tries to avoid the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen when the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit press Delete at the bottom right of the screen Press the green bar in the upper right area of t
308. il it locks Fold 1 Press and hold button D 2 Pull it back up to reset 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 158 Seats Tilting Head Restraints If Equipped The front head restraints may have a tilting feature for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following z e 1 Adjust the seat back to an upright driving riding position 2 Tilt the head restraint forward by gently pulling the top of the head restraint Once it is in its forward most position tilting it forward once more will release it to the upright position Note Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted Instead continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position MANUAL SEATS N WARNING Do not adjust the driver s seat or seat back while the vehicle is moving Moving the seats backwards and forwards 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seats 159 WARNING Rock the seat backwards and forwards after gt releasing the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged Adjusting the height of the driver s seat Recline adjustment N WARNING Before returning the seat back to its original 3 position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seat back After returning the seat back to its original position pull on the seat back to ensure that it has fully latched An
309. ild seat is attached to that anchor Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Using Tether Straps GN Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap RAL which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 30 Child Safety Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH s
310. ill still operate However e The engine power will be limited e The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be restarted Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage When Fail Safe Mode is Activated WARNING Fail safe mode is for use during emergencies only Operate the vehicle in fail safe mode only as long as necessary to bring the vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs When in fail safe mode the vehicle will have limited power will not be able to maintain high speed operation and may completely shut down without warning potentially losing engine power power steering assist and power brake assist which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution The vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to a
311. illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request and for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect the vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not activate or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular ph
312. im Association T amp RA that is intended for service on light trucks B Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits C Maximum Load Dual Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle D Maximum Load Single Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 323 Information on T Type Tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below B C D E A 4 T145 80D16 is an example of a tire p 7 size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for temporary service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or low
313. in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible e Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible remaining comfortable e Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 250 millimeters between your breastbone and the airbag cover e Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Seats 155 e Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully e Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle HEAD RESTRAINTS A WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion 4 WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied f WARNING Install the head restraint properly to minimize the gt risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Note Adjust the seatback to an upright
314. in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account When in satellite radio mode you can view this number by pressing SIRIUS and memory preset 1 at the same time 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Audio System 147 Troubleshooting SIRIUS Troubleshooting Tips Radio Display Possible Action Acquiring Radio requires more than No action required This two seconds to produce message should disappear audio for the selected shortly channel Sat Fault SIRIUS Internal module or system If this message does not system failure failure present clear shortly or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service available or choose another preset Unsubscribed Subscription not available Contact SIRIUS at Channel for this channel 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal Loss of signal from the The signal is currently SIRIUS satellite or being blocked When you SIRIUS tower to the move into an open area vehicle antenna the signal should return Updating Update of channel No action required The programming in progress process may take up to three minutes Call SIRIUS Satellite service has been Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 74
315. information is reset 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 182 Unique Driving Characteristics Frequently Asked Questions Question What are the series of clicks from The high voltage battery is the cargo area when I first turn electrically isolated from the rest the key in the ignition of the vehicle when the key is off When the key is turned to on high voltage contactors inside the battery are closed to make the electricity available to the motor generator and enable the vehicle to drive The clicks are the sound of these contactors as they close and open during start up and shut down Why does the engine sometimes The vehicle s computer will start at key on determine if an engine start is required at key on Silent key start will start the engine if it is necessary for cabin heating windshield defrost or if the outside temperature is low For C MAX Energi vehicles engine on is not required to operate these functions Why does it take a long time There are several reasons the before the engine shuts down engine stays on for an extended amount of time when it is first started One common reason is to ensure that the emissions components are warm enough to minimize tailpipe emissions As the climate gets cooler this engine on time is extended 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Unique Driving Characteristics 183 Question Wh
316. ing position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a collision gt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 47 FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNING Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket if equipped or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console if equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the passenger seat sensing system WARNING Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and
317. ions on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on
318. ir of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resorting to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 262 Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services You Need section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of th
319. irculate the additive throughout the fuel system Cooling system e Protect against freezing temperatures e When removing vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Low voltage battery except C MAX Energi Complete the following steps 1 Open the liftgate 2 Remove the carpet from the cargo area 3 Remove the bolts and the cargo area floor storage interior trim panel 4 Check and recharge the low voltage battery as necessary Keep connections clean 5 If you are storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery disconnect the negative battery cable from the low voltage battery 6 If you disconnected the negative battery cable apply painter s tape to the liftgate latch in order to prevent the liftgate from closing fully Note If you disconnected the negative battery cable it will be necessary to reset memory features See Changing the Low Voltage Battery Low voltage battery C MAX Energi Complete the following steps 1 Open the liftgate 2 Pull and remove the access panel from the rear of the cargo area in order to access the low voltage battery 3 Check and recharge the low voltage battery as necessary Keep connections clean 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 314 Vehicle Care 4 If you are storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without rechargi
320. iriusxm com traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by SIRIUS Travel Link Note Neither SIRIUS nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the SIRIUS Travel Link services or its use in vehicles SIRIUS Travel Link if activated can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts access the current weather map get accurate ski conditions and scores to current sports games 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 472 MyFord Touche If Equipped Press the Information button and then select Travel Link then 2 choose from any of the following services When you select You can Identify traffic incidents on your route nearby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed Fuel Prices View fuel prices at stations close to your OS vehicle s location or on an active navigation route times if available Weather View the nearby weather current weather or the five day forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to select from a listing of weather locations Sports Info View scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress Ski Conditio
321. is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning the vehicle down It is your responsibility to see that all scheduled maintenance is performed and that the materials used meet the specifications identified in the Capacities and Specifications chapter Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership Factory Trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford Motorcraft and Ford authorized branded remanufactured replacement parts These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Company s specifications Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 12 month 12000 mile 20000 kilometer parts and labor limited warranty If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet Ford specifications and depending on the part it could affect emissions compliance Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop s
322. is pulsing the charge is between 0 25 percent e When the top right quadrant is solidly lit and the bottom right quadrant is pulsing the charge is between 25 50 percent When both right side quadrants are solidly lit and the bottom left quadrant is pulsing the charge is between 50 75 percent e When three quadrants are solidly lit and the top left quadrant is pulsing the charge is between 75 100 percent e When the entire ring is solidly lit the charge is complete Note The illuminated ring will shut off one minute after reaching a full charge Note If a vehicle charging system fault is detected at any point in a charge cycle the entire light ring will flash continuously for one minute and then shut off If this happens unplug and then re plug the charging coupler into the charge port receptacle If the problem persists contact your authorized dealer 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus High Voltage Battery 205 3 Note Do not pull the wall plug from the wall while the vehicle is charging Doing so may damage the outlet and the cord To disconnect the charging coupler 1 Press the button on the charging coupler 2 While holding the button remove the charging coupler from the vehicle s charge port receptacle Close the charge port door by pressing the indentation on the charge port door Continue pressing the indentation while the door rotates counter clockwise and clo
323. it to run for five minutes at the beginning of each day and every six hours thereafter With the engine running and your foot on the brake shift into D Drive and then into R Reverse before shifting back into N Neutral 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 246 Driving Hints BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics The engine also needs to break in Avoid hard accelerations and driving too fast for the first 1000 miles If possible avoid carrying heavy loads up steep grades during the break in period ECONOMICAL DRIVING Fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle There are some things to keep in mind that may improve your fuel economy e Accelerate and slow down in a smooth moderate fashion e Drive at steady speeds e Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving When running errands go to the furthest destination first and then work your way back home e Close the windows for high speed driving e Drive at reasonable speeds Traveling at 65 miles per hour 105 kilometers per hour uses about 15 percent less fuel than traveling at 75 miles per hour 121 kilometers per hour e Keep the tires prope
324. itch the ignition on 2 Hold the garage door hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters away from the button on the sun visor you want to 4r program Note During programming the hand held transmitter may stop transmitting If this occurs press and hold the function button while you press and release the hand held transmitter every two seconds The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly once the radio frequency signal is accepted 3 Press and hold both the button on the sun visor you want to program and the hand held transmitter button until the indicator light on the sun visor changes from flashing slowly to rapidly then release 4 Press and hold the function button you programmed for 5 seconds then release You may need to do this twice to activate the door If your garage door does not operate observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on programming is complete Press and release the programmed button to activate the door If the indicator light on the sun visor flashes rapidly for two seconds then turns to a constant light follow the steps below Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens 1 Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor Note You will have 30 seconds to complete the next step 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 166 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped
325. ition except off and the high beams are not on DIRECTION INDICATORS a Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators gt s Note Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change INTERIOR LAMPS The lamps will switch on when one of the following conditions have been met e You open any door e You press a remote control button e You press switch D on the front interior lamp Note Press switch C on the front interior lamp to switch the courtesy and door illumination function off when you open any door The indicator lamp will illuminate yellow when the door function is off When the door function is off and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will stay off 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 94 Lighting Press switch C again to switch them back on The indicator lamp will illuminate blue when the door function is on When the door function is on and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will switch on Front Interior lamp if equipped Note Some interior lamps are equipped with a single switch for the left and right map lamps f A Left map lamp switch if A qm B equipped C B Right map lamp switch if equipped C Door function switch D All lamps on and off switch D C Front Rear Interior lamp if equipped Press switch A to switch individual map lamps on and off
326. itions can also deactivate the system e Traction control has activated on a slippery or loose surface e Anti lock brake system activation or failure e Any door except the driver s opens e Something touches the steering wheel If a problem occurs with the system a warning message is displayed followed by a chime Occasional active park assist messages may occur in normal operation For recurring or frequent active park assist faults contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced Troubleshooting the System The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off Any door except the driver s may not be completely closed The system does not offer a particular space Something may be contacting the front bumper or side sensors There is not enough room on both sides of the vehicle in order to park There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space The vehicle is farther than 5 ft 1 5 m from the parking space vehicles The transmission is in R Reverse the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 226 Parking Aids The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space The vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission i e rolling forward when R Reverse is selected forward to detect a parking space An irregular curb along
327. itters To program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode To do this A Red LED B Green LED A B 1 Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The LED light will change from green to green and red 2 Press the same button twice to confirm the change to Programming mode If done properly the LED light will appear red 3 Hold the transmitter within 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters of the button on the sun visor you want to program 4 Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter and the button on the sun visor you want to program The indicator light on the sun visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful Note the Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again If the Genie transmitter LED displays green and red release the button until the LED turns off before pressing the button again Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode To do this 1 Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from red to red and green 2 Press the same button twice to confirm the change If done correctly the LED will turn green 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners
328. ity under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 3033 Wilson Boulevard Suite 600 Arlington Virginia 22201 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance 263 UTILIZING THE MEDIATION or ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY This pertains to vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation or arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straightforward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually conv
329. ized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle Arming the Alarm The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in the ignition Lock the vehicle to arm the alarm Disarming the alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions e Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control e Turn the ignition on or start the vehicle e Use a key in the driver s door to unlock the vehicle then turn the ignition on within 12 seconds 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 84 Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position in the Seats chapter 1 Unlock the steering column 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position 3 Lock the steering column 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Steering Wheel 85 AUDIO CONTROL IF EQUIPPED Select the required source on the audio unit The following functions can be operated with the control A Volume up p A B Seek up or next D C Volume down lt E D Seek down or previous E w Seek Next or Previous Press the seek button to e tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset e play the
330. ke sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming Note We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the function button codes later in this section Note You can program a maximum of three devices To change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed you must first erase the current settings See Erasing the function button codes later in this section The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter that is integrated into the driver s sun visor The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices with the home As well as being programmed for garage doors the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting Additional system information can be found on line at www homelink com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 800 355 3515 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped 165 Programming Note Put a new battery in the hand held transmitter This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal 1 Sw
331. l decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates e t may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 4096 e A coolant concentration of 4096 will provide improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 4096 will decrease the corrosion freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat the engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red hot area and E The coolant temperature warning light will illuminate Len The service engine soon indicator will illuminate If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 287 When this occurs the vehicle w
332. l stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist if equipped Vehicle Health Report if equipped and Traffic Directions and Information if equipped 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 432 MyFord Touch If Equipped ACCESSING AND ADJUSTING MODES THROUGH YOUR RIGHT VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED The display is located on the right side of your instrument cluster Your steering wheel controls can be used to view and make minor adjustments to active modes without taking your hands off the wheel For example e n entertainment mode you can view what is now playing change the audio source select presets and make some adjustments e In phone mode you can accept or reject an incoming call e In navigation mode if equipped you can view the current route or activate a route e In climate mode the driver side temperature can be set as well as fan speed 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h
333. lant oa ee hha dae ce a dass aaa 282 Engine coolant check 0 00 000 eee 282 Automatic transmission fluid check 00000000000 ee 288 Brake fluid check 1 1 ee eee 288 Power steering fluid check o ooooooo oo 288 Fuel filters 2 2s s at pts uc eas PBS lation cet PR RR pest E eer Oa 288 Washer fuid Check nui uod ESSERE debe LARES 289 Changing the vehicle battery llle 289 Checking the wiper blades o ooooooooo oo 290 Changing the wiper blades illie 290 Air Bl GTC S ei pe ner Wd e aOR a IS P tes ves 292 Adjusting the headlamps liiis 296 Removing a headlamp llle 298 Changing bulb see A PRES a ep nz ER RE ER A 298 Bulb replacement ee ene 304 Bulb specification chart 2 22 2223 exuere da ede 305 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Table of Contents 7 Vehicle Care 306 Cleaning products ssa birra ra a E Rd E dede e 306 Cleaning the eXt Ti f s 4d bw kw pu rS ERU Rey REY 306 rung PME T 307 Repairing minor paint damage llle 308 Cleaning the engine s isse d xe cea cake a Ra E eh ERE ES 308 Cleaning the windows and wiper blades 309 Cleaning the interior sey renke ed ia HOUR ee CSS 309 Cleaning the instrument panel and instrument cluster lens 310 Cleaning leather SE 22g b da US E Rd 311 Cleaning the alloy wheels 445a xa ta RE ERROR bis E
334. lays when starting the vehicle and MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on Near Vehicle Top Speed Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h Vehicle at Top Speed of MyKey Displays when a MyKey is in use Setting and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle reaches 80 mph 130 km h Check Speed Drive Safely Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the optional setting is on and the vehicle exceeds a preselected speed 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 131 Buckle Up to Unmute Audio Displays when a MyKey is in use poros and Belt Minder is activated Displays when a MyKey is in use Deactivated and park aid is activated Traction Control On MyKey Displays when a MyKey is in use Setting and the traction control is always set to on Check Park Aid Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse and the park aid is disabled Check Rear Park Aid Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse and the park aid is disabled Check Front Park Aid Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse and the park aid is disabled Park Aid Malfunction Displays when there is a malfunction with the park aid system Service Power Steering The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service See your authorized dealer Service Power Steering Now The po
335. ldren who have outgrown or no Use a vehicle safety belt children longer properly fit in a having the lap belt snug belt positioning booster seat and low across the hips generally children who are at least shoulder belt centered 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or greater across the shoulder and than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib 45 kg chest and seat back if recommended by child restraint upright manufacturer e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the U S and Canada e Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System in the Supplementary Restraints System chapter for more information 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Child Safety 19 CHILD SEATS Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds
336. le if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system Depending on your display type you can access AppLink from the media menu the phone menu or by using voice commands Once an app is running through AppLink you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls To Access Using the Phone Menu Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on screen Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select particular app Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed i e Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com To Access Using the Media Menu Roe oe G9 Ne 1 Press AUX button on the center console 2 Press MENU to access the SYNC menu 3 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK 4 Then scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications 5 Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app 6 Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU but
337. le off 3 Press the START STOP button to power the vehicle on again Note After completing this process the vehicle will detect if the electrical system is safe and reactivate Once your vehicle determines the electrical system safe you can start your vehicle as you would normally by pressing the brake in combination with the START STOP button JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note The high voltage battery cannot be jumped with a standard 12 volt battery Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system The 12 volt battery controls the switches and contacts that engage the high voltage battery Preparing your vehicle 1 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles Stay clear of any moving parts on both vehicles that can cause harm 2 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensure that vent caps are tight and level 3 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 256 Roadside Emergencies Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNI
338. le phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 468 MyFord Touch If Equipped Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request and for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect the vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not
339. lect this feature on Fasten Safety belt P It will illuminate and a chime will sound to remind you to fasten eM your safety belt Front Airbag P If it fails to illuminate on startup continues to flash or remains IN on it indicates a malfunction Have the system checked by your authorized dealer A chime will sound when there is a malfunction in the indicator light 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 108 Instrument Cluster Front Fog Lamps if equipped It will illuminate when you switch the front fog lamps on High Beam Es It will illuminate when the headlamp high beam is switched on It will flash when you use the headlamp flasher Liftgate Ajar It will illuminate when the liftgate is not completely closed Low Battery It will illuminate when the battery level is low May also be Ii accompanied by a message suggesting the driver reduce usage of the climate system Low Fuel Level It will illuminate when the fuel level is low or near empty Refuel as soon as possible Low Tire Pressure Warning i It will illuminate when your tire pressure is low If the lamp 1 remains on with the engine running or when driving check your tire pressure as soon as possible The lamp also illuminates momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time have the system ch
340. led and the engine is running to maintain fuel freshness Refer to the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 127 Hill Start Assist Message Action Description Hill Start Assist Active Displays when hill start assist is active Hill Start Assist OFF Displays when hill start assist is off Hill start assist not available Displays when hill start assist is not available Contact your authorized dealer Keyless Vehicle Immobilizer Aa DEA Message Starting System Fault This message is displayed when there is a problem with your vehicle s starting system See your authorized dealer for service Steering Malfunction Service Now Contact your authorized dealer Steering Malfunction Stop Safely Stop the vehicle in a safe place Contact your authorized dealer Key Inside Vehicle Displays to remind you that the key is in the luggage compartment Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information Key Not Inside Car Displays if the key is not detected by the system Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information No Key Detected Displays if the key is not detected by the system Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information Accessory Power is Active Displayed when the vehicle is in the accessory ignition state 20
341. liance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user s authority to operate the equipment 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Auxiliary Power Points 169 AUXILIARY POWER POINTS WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter socket if equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note If used when the engine is not running the battery will discharge There may be insufficient power to restart your engine Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volts DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigarette lighter element Note Improper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Always keep the power
342. light when the driver s or front passenger s seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to large front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for approximately five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Safety Belts 39 The driver s and front passenger s safety belts are buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt is not buckled when the vehicle has reached at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt becomes unbuckled for approximately one minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and more than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h The Belt Minder featu
343. likelihood of injury or death in a collision 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 20 Child Safety WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision WARNING Do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle Use any attachment method as indicated below by X LATCH LATCH Restraint Child anchors anchors Type Weight and top only Rear facing child seat Forward facing child seat Forward facing child seat Note The child seat must rest tightly against your vehicle seat It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See the Seats chapter for information on head restraints 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Child Safety 21 BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer
344. lisions or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above each row of seats In certain lateral collisions or rollover events the Safety Canopy will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact collisions and rollover events 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 53 The system consists of the following e Safety canopy curtain airbags fitted above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by wording on the B pillar trim e A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment DE Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator LM See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator in this chapter Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seats The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety e
345. ll available stations Scroll and select the desired station You can also lock or skip unwanted channels or view the song and artist on other stations 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 449 Satellite Radio Voice Commands EE If you are listening to SIRIUS satellite radio press the voice i button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to SIRIUS satellite radio press the voice button and after the tone say Sirius then any of the commands in the following chart lt 0 233 gt Sports game SAT 2 If you have said Sports game see the following Sports game chart Tf you have said Tune see the following Tune chart SPORTS GAME Tune to the college name gt game Tune to the team city game Tune to the team city team name gt game Tune to the team name game lt 0 233 gt SAT 1 SAT 1 preset lt gt SAT 2 SAT 2 preset lt gt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 450 MyFord Touche If Equipped SAT 9 SAT 3 preset lt gt SIRIUS Satellite Radio Information Note SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channel
346. ll remain on while the vehicle is on whether the engine is running or not to indicate the vehicle is capable of movement using its electric motor engine or both Typically the engine will not start unless the vehicle is cold a climate control change is requested or the accelerator is pressed Driving The gas engine automatically starts and stops to provide power when it s needed and to save fuel when it s not While coasting at low speeds coming to a stop or standing the gas engine normally shuts down and the vehicle operates in electric only mode Conditions that may cause the engine to start up or remain running include e considerable vehicle acceleration e vehicle speed above 60 mph 96 km h For C MAX Energi vehicles you can drive up to 85 mph 137 km h in EV mode e ascending a hill 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Unique Driving Characteristics 179 charge level of high voltage battery is low very high or low outside temperature to provide system cooling or heating For C MAX Energi vehicles climate control demands by passengers do not directly cause the engine to run This only occurs when the high voltage battery charge is low e engine not warm enough to provide passenger requested cabin temperature Stopping The gas engine may shut off to conserve fuel as you come to a stop Restarting the vehicle is not required Simply step on the accelerator when you are ready
347. lockwise starting with the top right light and ending with the top left two full times confirming a charging coupler has been detected You can use your keyfob to view the vehicles charge status at any time by pressing the unlock button The light ring will light up the corresponding quadrant s so that the current state of the vehicles charge can be determined If the charge is below 25 percent the light ring will not illuminate Don t forget to press the lock button on your keyfob to re lock the vehicle Different sequences of the light ring will represent the status of the charge 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 204 High Voltage Battery Charging Note The vehicle must be in P Park to charge the high voltage battery To charge your high voltage battery 1 Put the vehicle in P park and power down the vehicle 2 Press the indentation located on the charge port door and the door will rotate open 3 Plug the charging coupler into the vehicles charge port receptacle and make sure the button clicks confirming that it is completely engaged 4 Verify that the cord acknowledgement feature activates This indicates the beginning of a normal charge cycle 5 If using a 240 volt charging station follow the instructions on the charge station to begin the charging process When charging the light ring will display how far along the charge is e When the top right quadrant
348. lt properly WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Safety Belts 33 WARNING Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident All seating positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided The safety belt system consists of e lap and shoulder safety belts e shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt e height a
349. ly A 4 Remove the bolts from each side of the air cleaner assembly A as shown with arrows 5 Lift the air cleaner assembly A from the mounting studs then rotate and pull it towards the front of the vehicle 6 Loosen the 5 bolts from the air cleaner cover B 7 Remove the air cleaner cover B from the air cleaner assembly A 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 295 Installing the Engine Air Filter Element Note Clean the inside of the air filter assembly before installing a new air filter 1 Install the new engine air filter into the engine air cleaner assembly 2 Install the air cleaner cover B and tighten the 5 bolts 3 Position the air cleaner assembly A onto the engine and make sure the assembly is aligned with the studs 4 Install and tighten the bolts to each side of the air cleaner assembly A as shown with arrows 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 296 Maintenance 5 Install the air cleaner outlet tube C and tighten the hose clamps 6 Connect the PCV tube D to the air cleaner outlet tube C 7 Connect the air cleaner intake tube E to the air cleaner assembly A ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized de
350. m located in trunk 3 Key off and complete refueling within 15 minutes If more than 15 minutes is required close fuel door and repeat procedure This will enable you to refuel without any issue Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located below and in front of the fuel filler door 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 194 Fuel and Refueling If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may appear on the information display screen At the next opportunity do the following 1 Safely pull off the road 2 Put the vehicle in P Park and turn the ignition off 3 Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening 4 Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle several times to dislodge any debris and or allow the inlet to close properly If this action corrects the problem the message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city highway driving Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
351. make your selection 3 Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selection Note The system attempts to automatically re download your phone book and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone supports this feature Phonebook Allows you to access your downloaded phonebook 1 Press OK to confirm and enter If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings they appear alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 2 Scroll until the desired contact appears then press OK 3 Press OK or the phone button 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 389 Text Message Enables you to send download and delete text messages Phone Settings Allows you to view your phone s status set ring tones select your message notification change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features SYNC Services Access the SYNC services portal where you can request various types of information traffic reports and directions Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after an accident if the feature is used properly Report your vehicle applications on your smartphone System Settings Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings
352. marked with the child seat symbol The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the symbols as shown Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Refer to Using Tether Straps later in this chapter Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Child Safety 29 Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions Center Seating Use WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches 28 centimeters center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches 46 centimeters apart A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent ch
353. market Check with your authorized dealer for availability Using the Touch sensitive Controls on Your System To turn a feature on and off just touch the graphic with your finger To get the best performance from the touch sensitive controls e Do not press hard on the controls They are sensitive to light touch e Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch control graphic pees off center of the graphic may cause a nearby control to turn on or off e Make sure your hands are clean and dry e Since the touchscreen operates based on the touch of a finger you may have trouble using it if you are wearing gloves e Metal and other conductive material should be kept away from the surface of the touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference i e control activation Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel Power Turn the media or climate features on or off VOL Increase or decrease the volume Fan Increase or decrease the fan speed Seek and Tune buttons Use as you normally would in media modes Eject Eject a CD SOURCE Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes The screen does not change but you see the media change in the lower left status bar e SOUND Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can make adjustments to settings such as Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo if equipped DSP if eq
354. mpartment button e You press a button on the transmitter If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low it may be necessary to mechanically unlock your door You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key open the driver s door in this situation Refer to Remote Control in this chapter for more information on the location and use of the mechanical key blade REMOTE CONTROL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs If Equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with two integrated keyhead transmitters The key blade is used to start the vehicle and unlock or lock the driver s door from outside the vehicle The transmitter portion functions as the remote control NUI Note Your vehicle s keys were iOSIAV issued with a security label that provides important vehicle key cut information Keep the label in a safe aga OS place for future reference i 00 zzonts0an 0904 wisis 7X CAUTION TOBE REMOVED BY CUSTOMER ONLY 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Keys and Remote Control 57 Intelligent Access Key If Equipped Type 1 Type 2 Your vehicle may be equipped with two intelligent access keys which operate the power locks and the remote start system The key must be in the vehicle to activate the push button start syst
355. n me 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 418 SYNC Cause s SYNC is not able e This is a e Go to the website to review to download my phone dependent your phone s compatibility phonebook feature OR e Try turning off the device e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again e Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature e Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website The system says Limitations on e Try pushing your phonebook Phonebook your phone s contacts to SYNC by using the Downloaded but capability Add Contacts feature my phonebook in e If the missing contacts are SYNC is empty or stored on your SIM card try is missing moving them to the device contacts memory e Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 419 Possible Possible Solution s Cause s I am having e This is a e Go to the website to review trouble phone dependent your phone s compatibility connecting my feature OR e Try turning off the device phone to SYNC e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again e Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again e Check the security and auto acce
356. n as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING When mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the co
357. n of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving Note Most of the audio features are controlled through the MyFord Touch system See the MyFord Touch chapter for more information When you select A Tune Search the frequency band in individual increments B ON OFF Switch the audio system on or off by pressing the button Turn the dial to adjust the volume 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Audio System 141 D SEEK Go to the next station up or down the radio frequency band or the next or previous track on a CD Balance and Fade F SOURCE Access different audio modes such as AM FM and A V Input AM FM SINGLE CD SONY AUDIO SYSTEM WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that you use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving Note
358. n authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low 5 Restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Note Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 288 Maintenance AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK Note Transmission fluid should be checked by an authorized dealer If required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components BRAKE FLUID CHECK Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the syst
359. n in the Towing chapter for more information EV MODES C MAX ENERGI ONLY Your vehicle contains selectable EV modes through the EV EV button on the center console These modes are available when the vehicle can run under high voltage battery power With the vehicle in driving mode you can change EV modes with each press of the EV button The current mode will be displayed in the left hand instrument cluster screen Auto Mode This mode provides an automatic use of high voltage battery power during the drive staying in electric mode when possible and running the engine when needed This mode will be the only one available if the plug in power has been depleted EV Now This mode provides an electric only driving experience using EV plug in power The left hand information display will change to an Energy Use screen that supplies EV specific tools and functions The vehicle may accelerate more slowly and the top speed may be lower than in Auto mode At any time the engine may be enabled by using one of the following methods 1 Press the OK button on the left 5 way steering wheel control while viewing the EV screen The vehicle will automatically exit override after the timer has expired and the engine shuts down AUTO 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 186 Unique Driving Characteristics 2 Press the accelerator pedal fully A pop up message stating Press OK to Enable Engine will appea
360. nd dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing always power down the vehicle and wait five minutes before touching any electrical components Observe the following e Use a dry cloth to remove excess dirt that collects on the electrical components or in the charge port e Cover the inverter system controller power distribution box and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine e Never use a power washer to clean the engine or in the charge port The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage and risk of personal injury e Never spray water on any of the orange colored components because these components use high voltage Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations Water ingress can damage electrical components and connections e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Vehicle Care 309 CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windows and wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers
361. nd down arrows provide information about the energy going into and out of the high voltage battery The up arrow above the battery indicates battery charging such as from regenerative braking The down arrow below the battery indicates battery discharging to provide power for propulsion or vehicle accessories Note The Charge Fill is always shown for Plug in Power Mode even if Charge Fill is not selected under Battery Display in the Options sub menu e Regen Display A circular arrow symbol appears in the center of the Battery Gauge when energy is being recaptured through the regenerative braking system 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 105 Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located Brake Coach Display The Brake Coach appears after the vehicle has come to a stop It coaches you to brake in a manner which maximizes the amount of energy returned through the regenerative braking system The percent displayed is an indication of the regenerative braking efficiency with 10096 representing the maximum amount of energy recovery Trip Summary and Lifetime Summary These will be displayed upon shutting off the vehicle Trip Summary will appear fi
362. nd restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 379 When using SYNC do not e Operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Carefully place cords and cables where they cannot be stepped on or interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Leave playing devices in the vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s user guide for further information e Attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things t
363. nd then play all artists and tracks alphabetically If there are less than 255 indexed artist they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are categorized in alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to select You can select to play All Artists or any indexed artist 2 Scroll until the desired artist is chosen and press OK Albums Sort all indexed media by albums If there are less than 255 indexed albums they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album 2 Scroll until the desired album is chosen and press OK 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 413 When you select Playlists Explore USB Sort indexed music by genre category type SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select and then scroll to select the desired genre and press OK Access your playlists from formats such as ASX M3U WPL MTP The system lists your playlists alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 they are organized into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired playlist and press OK Search for and play a specific tr
364. ne beep text to speech or have it be silent If compatible with your phone you can make adjustments to your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the PAN personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to make adjustments to your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for additional information Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 486 MyFord Touche If Equipped Wireless amp Internet Your system has a Wi Fi feature which creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices i e personal computers or phones in your vehicle to speak to each other share files play games etc Using this Wi Fi feature everyone in your vehicle can also access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside the vehicle your phone supports PAN personal area networking and if you are parked outside of a wireless hotspot Press the Settings icon Settings Wireless amp Internet then select from the following Wi Fi Settings Wi Fi Network Client Mode Turn the Wi Fi feature on and off in your vehicle Make sur
365. nforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance 261 IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 mi 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repa
366. ng as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow Snow chains have not been approved for use on your vehicle Consult your authorized dealer for information on other Ford Motor Company approved methods of traction control TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked e monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation p
367. ng on the compressor unit may indicate a higher value this is normal and should be no reason for concern The pressure will drop after about 30 seconds of operation The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading 9 When the recommended tire pressure is reached turn off the kit by pressing the on off button disconnect the kit from the tire valve and the power point Re install the valve cap on the tire valve place the tube cap on the metal connector and return the kit to the stowage area 10 Note Immediately and cautiously drive the vehicle 4 miles 6 kilometers to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire Do not exceed 50 mph 80 km h Note If you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise while driving reduce your speed until you can safely pull off to the side of the road to call for roadside assistance Note Do not proceed to the second stage of this operation 11 After 4 miles 6 kilometers stop and check the tire pressure See Second Stage Checking Tire Pressure Second Stage Checking Tire Pressure WARNING If you are proceeding from the First Stage Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air section and have injected sealant in the tire and the pressure is below 20 psi 1 4 bar stop and call roadside assistance If tire pressure is above 20 psi 1 4 bar continue to the next step WARNING The power plug may get hot af
368. ng space IM Use the turn signal to indicate which side of the vehicle you want N the system to search on AUTO IPI ON Note If the turn signal is not on the system automatically searches on the vehicle s passenger side EEES D UU When a suitable space is found the touch screen displays a message and a chime sounds Slow down and stop at approximately position A then follow the instructions on the touch screen Note You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all times in the maneuver Note Vehicles with overhanging loads e g a bus or a truck street furniture and other items may not be detected by active park assist You must ensure the selected space is suitable for parking Note The vehicle should be driven as parallel to other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space Note The system always offers the last detected parking space i e if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving it offers the last one Note If driven above approximately 20 mph 35 km h the touch screen shows a message to alert the driver to reduce vehicle speed 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 224 Parking Aids Automatic Steering into Parking Space Note If vehicle speed exceeds 7 mph 12 km h the system turns off and you need to take full control of the vehicle Note If a maneuver is interrupted before completion the system
369. ng the battery disconnect the negative battery cable from the low voltage battery 5 If you disconnected the negative battery cable apply painter s tape to the liftgate latch in order to prevent the liftgate from closing fully Note If you disconnected the negative battery cable it will be necessary to reset memory features See Changing the Low Voltage Battery Brakes e Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released Tires e Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous e Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust e Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 m every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Removing Vehicle from Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following e Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces e Check windshield wipers for any deterioration e Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice or squirrel nests e Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage e Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label e Check brake pedal operation Drive the vehicle 15 ft 4 5 m back and forth to remove rust build up e Check fluid levels including coolant oil and gas to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels Note If you di
370. ng wheel arrow control buttons to control the cluster information display e Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu e Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu e Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting messages The arrows in the upper left corner of the display indicate additional content available when lit Main menu From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display you can choose from the following categories Display Mode Trip 1 amp 2 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 112 Information Displays ry Fuel Economy EB Information S Settings Scroll up down to highlight one of the categories then press the right arrow key or OK to enter into that category Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu Display Mode Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following display Z options Note The cluster will remember menu level 2 state when the individual key state is changed from RUN to the OFF position NER RN Fuel Vehicle Range Battery Apply to all Battery Gauge Display screens Fuel Gauge overlay Hip Instantaneous Ec RN es LE Battery Apply to all a Dipl sen RE overlay uel Gauge a 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displ
371. ning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits Avoid fast starts stops and turns Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If you cannot detect the cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Before attempting to use the sealing kit please read about the Temporary Mobility Kit in this chapter of the Owner s Manual 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 330 Wheels and Tires Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to be
372. nition and move the wiper lever to position A within three seconds Hold the lever in position A 4 Release the lever when the wipers have moved to the service position Changing the Front Wiper Blades Set the front wipers in the service position and lift the wiper arms 1 Press the locking buttons together 2 Rotate and remove the wiper blade Note Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place 1 d 3 Install in the reverse order Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 292 Maintenance Changing the Rear Window Wiper Blade 1 Lift the wiper arm 2 Slightly rotate the wiper blade from the wiper arm 3 Disengage the wiper blade from the wiper arm 4 Remove the wiper blade Note Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place 5 Install in the reverse order Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield AIR FILTER CHECK WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running Note Failure to re install the air cleaner assembly properly by fully seating on the m
373. not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information SETTINGS Under this menu you can set your clock access and make adjustments to the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature Clock Note The date is set by your vehicle s GPS you cannot manually set the date Note If the battery has been disconnected the vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press the Settings icon gt Clock 2 Press and to adjust the time From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update for daylight savings time and new time zones You can also turn the outside air temperature display on and off When the outside air temperature is displayed it appears at the top center of the touchscreen next to the time and date Once you update any settings they are automatically saved 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 479 Display You can make adjustments to the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on yo
374. ns View ski conditions for a specific area SIRIUS Travel Link Voice Commands Note In order to use SIRIUS Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot EEB Press the voice button and when prompted say any of the us following Travel Link Voice Commands 5 day weather forecast Movie listings Travel Link 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 473 Travel Link Voice Commands Sports headlines Sports schedule Weather map If you have said Sports headlines Sports schedule or Sports scores you may say any of the commands in the Sports headlines Sports schedules and Sports scores commands chart If you have said Travel Link you may say any of the commands in the Travel Link chart Sports Headlines Sports Schedules and Sports Scores Voice Commands Motorsports ___ TRAVEL LINK 5 day weather Golf schedule NBA scores forecast Baseball headlines MLS headlines NFL headlines Baseball schedule MLS schedule NFL schedule Baseball scores College basketball Motor sports NHL headlines headlines schedule College basketball Motor sports scores schedule headlines College football My team headlines Weather
375. ns and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the sunshade The sun shade controls are located on the overhead console The sun shade has a one touch open and close feature To stop motion during one touch operation press the control a second time Opening and Closing the Sun Shade Fully press and release the front of the control to open the sun shade Fully press and release the rear of the control to close the sun shade Bounce Back The sun shade will stop automatically while closing It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 102 Windows and Mirrors Sun Shade Relearning WARNING The bounce back function is not active during this procedure Make sure that there are no obstacles in the way of the moving sun shade Note The relearning process must be started within 30 seconds of switching the ignition on In case the sun shade no longer opens or closes properly follow this relearning procedure 1 Press the front of the control to the first action point twice and release it within two seconds 2 Press the rear of the control to the first action point twice and release it within two seconds 3 Press and hold the front of the control to the first action point until the sun shade fully opens 4 Press and hold the rear of the control to the first action point until the sun shade fully closes If
376. nt feature Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Prompts Get help from SYNC by using questions helpful hints or asking you for a specific action To turn these prompts on or off 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 396 SYNC Languages Choose between English Espanol and Francais Once selected all of SYNC s radio displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defa
377. nterior of the vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 382 SYNC e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon USING SYNC WITH YOUR PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call e Ending a call e Using privacy mode e Dialing a number e Redialing e Call waiting notification e Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing a Phone for the First Time Note SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 2000 entries per Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Note Make sure the vehicl
378. nterval Heater A C Auto Last Settings ate Control Front Defrost Clim Vehicle Auto Off Remote Start oe Defrost Auto oe Off 5 10 On Off Enable Disable of years 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 123 Settings Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Hold OK to Create MyKey create MyKey Always On Traction Control User Selectable O Max Speed Set to 80 MPH 130 km h Off Speed Minder 45 mph MyKey 72 km h 55 mph 89 km h 65 mph 105 km h Off OnrOt _ Hold OK to Clear MyKeys Clear All MyKeys Select the Language desired language Select the Distance desired units of measure Fuel Economy Fuel only Fuel 4 Electric Temperature Fahrenheit F Displ TEM ppm Celsius C Brake Coach Display e p Lifetime Fuel Economy Regen Miles Brake Score Hold OK to Reset Liftetime Summary 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 124 Information Displays Brake Coach Display This appears after the vehicle has come to a stop It coaches you to brake in a manner which maximizes the amount of energy returned through the regenerative braking system The percent displayed is an indication of the regenerative braking efficiency with 10096 representing the maximum amount of regenerative braking energy recovery INFORMATION MESSAGES No
379. ntrol 218 Fuel Emergencies roadside CaD Asst xe on v IRA edes ERR RIOT 191 jump starting oes 255 capacity cocccncccnnnnnnncnnnnnnnononinnnnn 346 running out of fuel 194 choosing the right fuel 188 Emergency brake filler funnel eee 194 see Parking brake 215 ae your vehicle with jose hare Uel siete enira rcs Emission control HNBUGIH scion 197 filter specifications 288 End user license agreement 503 fuel pump shut off 254 ENGINE dct 279 345 346 octane rating 188 345 346 Cleaning eei ceres edere 308 quality ocooooocccnnnocccccnoncnnnno 188 189 coolant tec tae 282 running out of fuel 194 fail safe cooling 286 safety information relating lubrication specifications 346 to automotive fuels 187 refill capacities 346 Tel flex fuel vehicle SEVIS id Eo MEER 187 Engine block heater s V6 Puses sss 267 268 274 Engine fan aai 279 Engine oil G checking and adding 280 dipstick MU NS A 279 280 Garage door opener 164 filter specifications 350 Gas cap see Fuel cap 191 refill capacities 346 Pec CAOS ced sets 346 Gales RATA MELLE 103 E d di 12 Guidance for electric and vent data recording hybrid electric vehicles
380. nts System Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment WARNING National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 centimeters between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module To properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Children and Airbags WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back Jm Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics tl suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat
381. o enable it then start the engine To switch the ignition on press the start button once It is located on the instrument panel near the steering wheel All electrical circuits and accessories are operational and warning lamps and indicators illuminate Carry out the following steps to start your vehicle 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P 2 Fully press the brake pedal 3 Press the start button 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 174 Starting and Stopping the Engine The system does not function if e the key frequencies are jammed e the key battery has no charge If you are unable to start your vehicle do the following 3 button remote 1 Hold the key at the backup location on the steering column 2 With the key in this position you can use the start button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle 5 button remote 1 Hold the key next to the symbol on the steering column 2 With the key in this position you can use the start button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P 2 Press the start button Note The ignition all electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators are switched off 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 175 Stoppin
382. oad later When you are on an acquired HD Radio station the TAG button is available provided the feature has been turned on To use the tag feature 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG Button gt On 2 When you hear a song you like touch TAG 3 The system automatically saves the song s information and if supported transfers it to your portable music player when it is connected to the system If your music player is connected at the time the system automatically transfers the tag to your player and a pop up confirms the transfer 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you as a reminder The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging see www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche If Equipped 443 When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions When you select Scan To save a multicast station as a preset Hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is activated although it does not scan for HD2 through HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast When the channel is active on screen press and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute then the sound returns
383. of the rain sensor With low sensitivity the wipers will operate when the sensor detects a large amount of moisture on the windshield With high sensitivity the wipers will operate when the sensor detects a small amount of moisture on the windshield Keep the outside of the windshield clean Sensor performance will be affected if the area around the interior mirror is dirty The rain sensor is very sensitive and the wipers may operate if dirt mist or flies hit the windshield 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wipers and Washers 89 WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat The washer will spray for as long as the lever is pulled toward you After you release the lever the wipers will operate for a short time A wipe will occur a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERS IF EQUIPPED Rear Window Wiper A Intermittent wipe B Low speed wipe Press the button at the end of the lever to change between off intermittent and low speed When you select reverse gear the rear wiper will switch on to intermittent if the front wipers are activated Rear Window Washers Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat The washer will spray for as long as you push the lev
384. on and remove the key 2 Using a screwdriver or similar tool carefully pry off and remove the passenger side access cover Remove the fastener then remove 5 the console side panel to expose the inside of the shifter assembly 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Transmission 211 3 Locate the brake shift interlock lever on the passenger side of the shifter assembly 4 Apply the brake pedal Using a screwdriver or similar tool press and hold the white brake shift interlock lever forward while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P Park position and into the N Neutral position 5 Reinstall the console side panel and attach the fastener 6 Reinstall the access cover 7 Apply the brake pedal start the vehicle and release the parking brake See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud or Snow Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear HILL START ASSIST 4 WARNING The hill start assist featu
385. on and some objects might not be seen In some vehicles the guidelines may disappear once the trailer tow connector is engaged Note The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions e Nighttime or dark areas if one or both reverse lamps are not operating Do not use the rear view camera display when lighting is low until both reverse lamps are functional e The camera s view is obstructed by mud water or debris Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner e The rear of the vehicle is hit or damaged causing the camera to become misaligned Check with your authorized dealer to have the rear view camera system checked for proper coverage and operation Adjusting the Rear View Camera Settings If Equipped To access any of the rear view camera system settings make the following selections in the touch screen when the transmission is not in R Reverse 1 Menu 2 Vehicle 3 Rear View Camera After changing a system setting the touch screen shows a preview of the feature s selected 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Parking Aids 229 Guidelines and the Centerline Note Active guidelines and fixed guidelines are only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The centerline is only available if Active or Fixed guidelines are on A Active guidelines A BC D E B Centerline C Fixed guideline Green zone D Fixed guideline
386. on does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 417 Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC all phonebook call history text messages and all paired devices and return to the factory default settings Application Download new software applications Cif available and then load the desired applications through your USB port See the web site for more information Exit the current menu TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use However should questions arise see the tables below Use the website at any time to check your phone s compatibility register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat during certain hours Visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Cause s Excessive The audio control Review your phone s user guide background noise settings on your regarding audio adjustments during a phone phone may be call affecting SYNC performance During a call I Possible phone Try turning off the device can hear the malfunction resetting the device removing other person but the device s battery then trying they cannot hear agai
387. one 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 403 4 Once you are connected to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose aoe to return to the services main menu or for help say elp Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu SUR ANA 6 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until Services appears in the display Press OK to confirm and enter the Services menu The display indicates the system is connecting Press OK SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose To return to the Services menu say Services or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator You may al
388. or Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information Ford strongly recommends using only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized remanufactured replacement parts because they are engineered for your vehicle Additives and Chemicals Ford Motor Company recommended additives and chemicals are listed in this book and in the Workshop Manual Additional chemicals or additives not approved by Ford Motor Company are not recommended as part of normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating and or foreign material contamination should be inspected immediately by a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership Your vehicle s oils and fluids should be changed at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the sys
389. or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 335 TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT Note The temporary mobility kit sealant compound in the canister is to be used for one tire only See your Ford authorized dealer for additional replacement sealant canisters The kit is located under the front row passenger seat Loosen the Velcro straps to access the kit The temporary mobility kit consists of an air compressor to reinflate the tire and a sealing compound in a canister that will seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects This kit will provide a temporary seal allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 miles 200 km at a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 336 Wheels and Tires General Information A Air compressor inside B Diverter knob C On Off button D Air pressure gauge E Sealant bottle canister F Sealant filling clear tube G Sealant tube tire valve connector H Yellow cap tool I Air compressor hose J Air hose tire valve connector K Accessory power plug L Casing housing WARNING Failure to follo
390. or other covering Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation e Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement e Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver footwell while the vehicle is moving Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving Hints 249 N WARNING Continued e Failure to properly follow floor mat installation or attachment instructions can potentially cause interference with pedal operation causing loss of control of vehicle e To install floor mats position the floor mat so that the eyelet is over the retention post and press down to lock in e To remove the floor mat reverse the installation procedure 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 250 Roadside Emergencies IMPORTANT ELECTRIC VEHICLE AND HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE CONSIDERATIONS Guidance for Ford Motor Company Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles Equipped With High Voltage Batteries Vehicle Owner Operator General Public In the event of damage or fire involving an electric vehicle EV or hybrid electric vehicle HEV e Always assume the high voltage battery and associated components are ener
391. orized dealer as soon as possible Flashing TPMS If the tires are properly inflated warning light malfunction but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 334 Wheels and Tires When Inflating Your Tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 32 km h for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase approximately 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the TPMS as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the TPMS warning light for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one
392. ormance and improved efficiency It requires no special fuels and never has to be plugged in However the C MAX Energi will allow you to operate in electric mode only if the high voltage battery is charged via the plug Familiarizing yourself with these unique characteristics will provide an optimal driving experience from your new vehicle C MAX Energi vehicles must be plugged in regularly for optimal use of its battery s extended range Plug in power comes from an external power source known as charge stations The electrical energy added by charging your vehicle allows for extended electric only driving See the High Voltage Battery chapter for information on charging equipment electrical requirements and charging instructions Normal Vehicle Operation Note You may notice higher engine speeds upon start up This temporary condition is normal and necessary to heat up the cabin and minimize emissions ces Starting Switch the ignition on while the transmission selector Me lever is in position P The green ready indicator light will appear in the lower right portion of the instrument cluster and a ready to drive message will appear in the middle of the left cluster screen letting you know that the vehicle is ready for driving The engine may not start because this hybrid vehicle is equipped with silent key start This fuel saving feature allows your vehicle to be ready to drive without requiring the gas engine to be running This indicator wi
393. ot be reset in MyView You can reset this data from other screens where it is shown 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 119 Trip 1 amp 2 Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following I Note Pressing OK stops starts the timer Holding OK resets the odometer and timer Trip 1 amp 2 Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Nr time Standard ip distance EV distance _ economy Estimated Trip 1 amp Trip 2 amount of fuel consumed Estimated amount of electricity consumed Energi only Regen Active Battery Display CHIE ASSBR de Charge Level overlay Help e Elapsed trip time timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle is restarted e Trip distance shows the accumulated trip distance e EV distance shows the distance travelled while in electric only mode e Estimated amount of fuel consumed shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip e Estimated amount of electricity consumed shows the amount of plug in electricity used for a given trip 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 120 Information Displays Fuel Economy ry Use the arrow buttons to choose the desired energy display Fuel Economy Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Fuel History Instantaneous Fuel i 1 2 6 min Economy
394. oughly with a strong stream of water Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers Industrial strength heavy duty cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clear coat finish over time Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 312 Vehicle Care VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for an extended period of time 30 days or more refer to the following maintenance recommendations to ensure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless specific precautions are taken to preserve the components General e Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place e Protect from sunlight if possible e If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage Body e Wash vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and underside of f
395. oulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 26 Child Safety 4 nsert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming e from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out Note The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode You should not be able to pull more bel
396. ounting studs in 5 places and securing with the 2 bolts may result in air cleaner assembly dislodgement from engine and damage to the air cleaner assembly and other engine components Therefore we recommend that the air filter be serviced at a Ford dealer When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft9 part numbers in the Capacities and Specifications chapter Refer to Scheduled Maintenance for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance 293 Identifying Air Filter Element Components A B C D A Air cleaner assembly B Air cleaner cover C Air cleaner outlet tube D Positive crankcase ventilation PCV tube E Air cleaner intake tube Removing the Engine Air Filter Element 1 Loosen the hose clamps for air cleaner outlet tube C Disconnect the tube from the air cleaner assembly A 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 294 Maintenance 2 Release the tabs and disconnect the PCV tube D from the air cleaner outlet tube C and remove the tube 3 Disconnect the air cleaner intake tube E from the air cleaner assemb
397. oute you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 470 MyFord Touche If Equipped If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and a new route is delivered to your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions See the Navigation system section for more information Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the hang up phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Goodbye from the SYNC Services main menu Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category To learn more log onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while you are connected to SYNC TDI Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscri
398. overheating Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible turn off the vehicle and let it cool If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible depleted and requires a change requires a change soon Washer Fluid Level LOW Displays when the washer fluid is low and needs to be refilled Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Motor Coolant Overtemperature Displays when the motor electronics are overheating Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible turn off the vehicle and let it cool If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 130 Information Displays Maintenance Message Action Description See Manual Indicates a powertrain or high voltage charge system fault has been detected If the indicator stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Service Tire Mobility Kit Displayed when the kit needs service See your authorized dealer Oil Maintenance Displays when EV functionality is disabled and the engine is running to maintain oil quality Refer to the Maintenance chapter for more information MyKey Message Action Description MyKey not Created Displayed during key programming when MyKey cannot be programmed Speed Limited to xx MPH km h Disp
399. peed Compensated Volume If equipped 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 480 MyFord Touche If Equipped Vehicle Press the Settings icon Vehicle then select from the following e Active Park Assist Vehicle Health Report Door Keypad Code Rear View Camera Enable Valet Mode Active Park Assist If Equipped When activated your system displays directions for you regarding the active park assist process For complete information on this system see Active park assist in the Driving Aids chapter Vehicle Health Report If Equipped Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you would like to receive the reports Press the for more information on these selections When done making your selections press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report Door Keypad Code If Equipped To change the keypad code for your keyless entry keypad system 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Door Keypad Code 2 Enter your current factory code then when prompted enter your new code Rear View Camera If Equipped This menu allows you to access settings for your rear view camera Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Rear View Camera then select from the following settings e Rear Camera Delay e Visual Park Aid Alert e Guidelines 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche
400. perature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Glossary of Tire Terminology e Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry e Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 318 Wheels and Tires e Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire e Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e kPa Kilopascal a m
401. phone being connected or the climate temperature SETTINGS Press to select any of the following Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help INFORMATION 1 Press to select any of the following e SYNC Services e SIRIUS Travel Link M e Alerts o e Calendar SYNC Apps If the icon is yellow see Alerts in the Imformation section of this chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 427 PHONE Press to select any of the following e Making and Receiving Calls e Quick Dial e Phonebook e Call History e Text Messaging e Settings NAVIGATION Press to select any of the following e My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Previous Starting Point Latitude Longitude Freeway Entrance Exit ENTERTAINMENT Press to select any of the following AM FM SIRIUS CD USB BT Stereo SD Card A V In CLIMATE Press to select any of the following Driver Settings Recirculated Air Auto Dual Passenger Settings A C Defrost 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 428 MyFord Touche If Equipped HOME Press to access your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the screens shown in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your
402. phone button 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 401 To run a report using the phone button 1 Press the phone button to enter Phone Menu 2 Scroll until Vehicle Health is selected and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options User Preferences Automatic Reports Press OK and select on Press OK to select or off Select On to have SYNC automatically and enter the menu prompt you to run a health report at certain Scroll to select from mileage intervals Note You must first turn this feature on before you can select the mileage intervals at which you would like to be prompted Mileage Intervals Press OK Scroll to select between 5000 7500 or 10000 mile intervals and press OK to make your selection Run Report Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle s diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it is combined with scheduled maintenance information open recalls and other field service actions and unserviced vehicle inspection items from your authorized dealer Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you run a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect additional vehicle information Ford may use the vehicle information it collects for any purpos
403. point caps closed when not in use Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from being discharged e Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Locations Power points may be found e on the front of the center console e inside the center console e in the luggage compartment 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 170 Auxiliary Power Points 110 Volt AC Power Point If Equipped WARNING Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point since it will defeat the safety protection design Doing so my cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury Note The power point will turn off when the ignition is switched off or the battery voltage drops below 11 volts The power point is used for powering electrical devices that require up to 150 watts It is located on the rear of the center console When the indicator light located on the power point is e on power point is working ignition is on and a device is plugged in e off power point is off ignition is off or no device is plugged in e
404. portable fuel container use the funnel included with the vehicle Locate the plastic funnel that comes with your vehicle e In C MAX vehicles the funnel is located in the rear of the vehicle inside the load compartment e n C MAX Energi vehicles the funnel is located in the rear of the vehicle inside storage compartment After locating the white plastic funnel 1 Slowly insert the funnel into the capless fuel system 2 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container 3 When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel Note For C MAX Energi vehicles press the fuel button located on the instrument panel before performing step 2 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 196 Fuel and Refueling FUEL CONSUMPTION Filling the Tank The advertised capacity is the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the amount of fuel in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the adve
405. press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful 7 The system then prompts with questions such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up download your phone book etc S REI Phone Voice Commands EE Press the voice icon and say Phone Say any of the following 159 Phone book lt name gt at home Phone book lt name gt on mobile OR cell Call history outgoing Phone book lt name gt on Other 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 384 SYNC PHONE Call history missed Call name at home vl B pl These commands do not require you to say Phone first Call lt name gt at work OR Call lt name gt in office These commands are not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth See MENU table below See DIAL table below Phone settings set phone ringer Phone settings set ringer 1 Phone settings set ringer 2 Phone settings set ringer 3 Text message inbox Words in
406. prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Phone Menu Exit the phone menu by pressing OK This is a phone dependent feature This is a phone dependent and speed dependent feature If equipped U S only If equipped U S and Canada only 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 390 SYNC Text Messaging Note This is a phone dependent feature SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road Receiving a Text Message Note This is a phone dependent feature Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages Note Forwarding a text message is a speed dependent feature and can only be done when the vehicle is traveling at 3 mph 5 km h or less Note Only one recipient is allowed per text message When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have a new message You have these options 1 Press the voice button wait for the prompt and say Read Message to have SYNC read the message to you 2 Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message You can then also choose
407. pt prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone e Update your device s software firmware e Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting Text messaging is e This is a e Go to the website to review not working on phone dependent your phone s compatibility SYNC feature OR e Try turning off the device e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 420 SYNC Possible Possible Solution s Cause s I am having Possible device e Try turning off the device trouble malfunction resetting the device or removing connecting my the device s battery then trying device again e Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable e Make sure the USB cable is properly inserted into the device and the vehicle s USB port e Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings SYNC does not This is a device Make sure you are not leaving recognize my limitation the device in your vehicle device when I during very hot or cold turn on the car temperatures Bluetooth audio e This is a Make sure the device is does not stream phone dependent connected to SYNC and that you feature OR have pressed play on your e The device is device not connected 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC
408. ption is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with Traffic Directions and Information and continue enjoying your personalized services 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 471 SYNC Services Voice Commands When a route has been downloaded non navigation systems i press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the following commands SIRIUS Travel Link If Equipped and If Activated WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving Note In order to use SIRIUS Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these features Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information Note Visit www s
409. r 47 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Phone Bluetooth menu options adding connecting deleting turning on off oo eee 394 Phone redial 388 Phone settings 465 484 Phone voice commands 466 Playing music by artist album genre playlist tracks similar sse 412 POI categories sssess 493 Point of Interest POI 493 Power distribution box see FUSES ies enne 268 Power door locks 70 Power liftgate coo 6 Power mirrors ssss 98 Powerpoint sess 169 Power steering 233 Power Windows ssss 96 Privacy information 379 431 Push button start system 173 Putting a call on off hold 386 Q Quick touch buttons 500 R Radio cette 135 140 141 AM EM nicas 440 Single CD 135 140 141 Radio reception ss 133 Radio voice commands 446 526 Index Rear view camera display is sicot et eot eed 226 480 Rear window defroster Receiving a text MESSage atesora 390 465 Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for children irte Relays aiiis dtes 267 268 Remote entry system illuminated entry locking unlo
410. r When the accelerator pedal is released or the brake pedal is applied the brake controller automatically detects the amount of deceleration requested and optimizes how much of the deceleration will be produced by regenerative braking The remaining portion is generated by standard friction braking When the battery is almost fully charged the amount of regenerative braking is limited to avoid overcharging and the requested deceleration is produced by standard friction braking alone Regenerative braking does not take the place of the standard friction brakes it only assists them Regenerative braking has also been designed to interact with the anti lock brake system Regenerative braking is disabled when the anti lock brake system is activated or the battery is fully charged HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES When the system is operating the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal The ABS will not eliminate the dangers inherent when e you drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you e your vehicle is hydroplaning e you take corners too fast e the road surface is poor 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Brakes 215 PARKING BRAKE WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and leave your vehicle with the transmission selector lever in position P Note Do not press the rele
411. r 15 minutes depending on the setting Refer to the Information Displays chapter to select the duration of the remote start system Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration If you programmed the duration to last 10 minutes the second 10 minutes will be added For example if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes the vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 20 minutes You can only extend the remote start once Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown Only two remote starts are allowed The vehicle must be started without remote start then switched back off or allow one hour to pass before using remote start again if additional remote starts are desired 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Keys and Remote Control 63 Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting Press the button once The parking lamps will turn off You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display Refer to the Information Display chapter REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement or additional keys or remote controls can be purchased from your authorized dealer Your dealer can p
412. r Press OK on the left steering wheel button to activate as needed The message will disappear if the accelerator pedal is released 3 Press the EV button This will change the mode to EV Later and permit engine operation The vehicle may automatically enter Engine Enabled mode if system conditions require it A message Engine Enabled for System Performance will display if this occurs This is normal function and your vehicle will return to EV mode when possible The vehicle may enter Enable Engine mode if the climate control is in a defrost mode and the outside temperature is cold A message Engine Enabled Due to Defrost will display if this occurs If defrost is not needed select a different climate control mode to permit EV Now There is a blue EV icon that is displayed in the left hand information display when EV Now is enabled If the vehicle is in the Engine Enabled mode the EV icon will be yellow EV Now will automatically exit when the Plug in power has been depleted EV Later Ev This mode saves the high voltage battery plug in power for future use e g your initial drive is at high speeds on open roads but later your drive will be at low speeds in an urban area Your vehicle will run the engine as needed and keep most of the high voltage battery plug in power for later use in Auto Mode or EV Now mode There is a white EV Later icon that appears on the left hand information display when EV Later is enabled 2013 C
413. r appears in the display then press OK a tone sounds as confirmation Repeat as necessary Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your phonebook contacts 2 Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button Call History Access your call history log 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your call history options incoming outgoing or missed 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button to call the selection Exit the current menu 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 388 SYNC Accessing Features through the Phone Menu SYNC s phone menu allows you to redial a number access your call history and phone book and send text messages as well as access phone and system settings You can also access advanced features such as 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select Phone Redial Redial the last number called if available Press OK to select then press OK again to confirm Call History Allows you to access any previously dialed received or missed calls while your phone has been connected to the system 1 Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select from Call History Incoming Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed Press OK
414. r cap C Engine oil dipstick D Air cleaner cover E Inverter system controller 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus H F Brake fluid reservoir cap G Power distribution box H Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap I Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap 280 Maintenance ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK A MIN A B B MAX ENGINE OIL CHECK Note Check the level before starting the engine Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks 1 Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean lint free cloth Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level If the level is at the MIN mark add oil immediately Adding Engine Oil Note Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running Note Do not add engine oil further than the MAX mark Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers 1 Remove the filler cap 2 Add engine oil that meets Ford specif
415. r is always responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers the vehicle into the space hands free while you control the accelerator gearshift and brakes The system visually and or audibly instructs the driver to park the vehicle The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking space i e a pedestrian or cyclist or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high from the ground i e a bus tow truck or flatbed truck Note The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections Note The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves The system should not be used if e a foreign object i e bike rack or trailer is attached to the front or rear of the vehicle or at another location close to the sensors e an overhanging object i e surfboard is attached to the roof e the front bumper or side sensors are damaged i e in a collision or obstructed by a foreign object i e front bumper cover e a mini spare tire is in use 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Parking Aids 223 Using Active Park Assist i Press the button the touch screen IN a displays a message and a corresponding graphic to indicate it s searching for a parki
416. raction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 322 Wheels and Tires M Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load radial tubeless etc Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and R
417. rage for certain maintenance and wear items e protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires e Roadside Assistance benefits There are several Ford ESP plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Ford ESP you receive added peace of mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating Ford Motor Company dealers The Lincoln Maintenance Protection Plan is honored at authorized Lincoln dealers Note Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford ESP coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www ford ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 358 Scheduled Maintenance GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may also help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with the vehicle Regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle have been established based upon rigorous testing It
418. rators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 244 Towing Your vehicle can be towed from the front if proper wheel lift equipment is used to raise the front wheels off the ground The rear wheels can be left on the ground when towed in this fashion Your vehicle can also be towed from the rear using wheel lift equipment however it is required that the front wheels be placed on a dolly to prevent damage to the transmission TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing In the event your vehicle becomes disabled without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat towed all wheels on the ground regardless of the A Md configuration under the following conditions The vehicle is facing forward so that it is towed in a forward direction e The transmission is placed in position N See Automatic transmission in the Transmission chapter if you cannot move the transmission into N e Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 kilometers Recreational Towing Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle See the Climate Control chapter Follow these guidelines for your specific powertrain combination to tow your vehicle for personal travel s
419. rd e Use as short an extension cord as possible e Do not use multiple extension cords e Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and the heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire e Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles e Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected e Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes e Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use e Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 178 Unique Driving Characteristics HYBRID OPERATION Hybrid electric vehicles combine electric and gasoline propulsion to provide breakthrough perf
420. re and replacement of items that require periodic attention for normal wear e Wiper blades e Brake pads and linings e Spark plugs except e Shock absorbers California e Clutch disc e Belts and hoses Contact your selling Ford or Lincoln dealership today so they can customize a Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your driving lifestyle and budget Interest Free Finance Options Available Take advantage of our installment payment plan just a 1096 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment opportunity Protect Yourself from the Rising Cost of Vehicle Repairs with a Ford Extended Service Plan To learn more call our Ford ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 and do not forget to ask about our interest free payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time You re pre approved with no credit checks no hassles Or mail your name address city state and zip code to Ford ESP P O Box 8072 Royal Oak MI 48068 9933 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan 357 FORD ESP EXTENDED SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan ESP Ford ESP is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Depending on the plan you purchase Ford ESP provides benefits such as e rental reimbursement e cove
421. re available while viewing this screen are If you choose Street Address from the navigation screen you can choose from the following e Number City Street Name State Prov 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 438 MyFord Touche If Equipped Some of the voice commands that are available while viewing this screen are If you choose Points of Interest from the navigation screen you can choose from the following Search Area Search By Name Fuel Station ATM All Restaurants Accommodations Parking Some of the voice commands that are available while viewing this screen are Change search area Note These are just a sample of the voice commands available within the Points of Interest section the categories themselves are also technically voice commands If you choose Intersection from the navigation screen you can choose from the following e ist Street 2nd Street City State Prov 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touche If Equipped 439 Some of the voice commands that are available while viewing this screen are Change city The dual mode feature is also available when the voice system displays a list of items to pick from during a voice session where you would be able to touch the line item or say Line 2 If a command is not understood or there are multiple options the system return
422. re does not replace the parking brake When you leave the vehicle always apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into P Park 4 WARNING You must remain in the vehicle once you have activated the hill start assist feature 4 WARNING During all times you are responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the hill start assist system and intervening if required 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 212 Transmission WARNING If the engine is revved excessively or if a malfunction is detected when the hill start assist feature is active the hill start assist feature will be deactivated Note This feature will not operate if the parking brake is activated Hill start assist keeps your vehicle stationary long enough to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal when your vehicle is on a slope The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent the vehicle from rolling down the slope This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope for example from a car park ramp traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space Using Hill Start Assist 1 Press the brake pedal to bring the vehicle to a complete standstill Keep the brake pedal pressed 2 If the sensors detect that the vehicle is on a slope the hill start assist feature will be activated automatically 3 When you remove your foot from the
423. re to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in collisions 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 36 Safety Belts All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode and the front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children
424. re will not activate The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 40 Safety Belts Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature if equipped WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle Note The driver and front passenger Belt Minder are deactivated and activated independently When deactivating or activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation or activation programming procedure Before following the procedure make sure that the parking brake is set e the transmission selector lever is in position P e the i
425. ready for I M testing See the Readiness for imspection maintenance Q M testing in the Fuel and Refueling chapter Solid illumination after the engine is started indicates the on board diagnostics system OBD IT has detected a malfunction Refer to On board diagnostics OBD II in the Fuel and Refueling chapter If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 110 Instrument Cluster Stability Control System tw Displays when the AdvanceTrac Traction control is active If FPE the light remains on have the system serviced immediately Stability Control System Off Illuminates when AdvanceTrac Traction control has been ce disabled by the driver Stop Safely Indicates electrical component fault failure that will cause the VAN vehicle to shutdown or enter into a limited operating mode A message may also display Vehicle Plugged in if equipped It will illuminate when the vehicle is plugged in A corresponding message may display after attempting to start the
426. rections You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose To return to the Services menu say Services or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions Jh When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business Search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business Search and then Search Near Me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator You may also be prompted to speak with an operator when the automatic system has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is complete the phone call is automatically ended If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Turn by turn directions appear in the right vehicle information display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and also on the SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts When on an active r
427. ress Enter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 442 MyFord Touche If Equipped HD Radio Information If Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver which allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When this feature is enabled and you are tuned to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen HD logo blinks when a digital station is being acquired and is H5 solid when digital audio is playing When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen Multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The numbers that are highlighted signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Any additional multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only broadcast digitally TAG allows you to save a song to downl
428. ressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 332 Wheels and Tires The TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the sys
429. rest categories Main Categories Food Drink amp Dining Travel amp Transportation Financial Emergency Recreation amp Sports Community Health amp Medicine Within these main categories there are subcategories which contain more listings Subcategories Home amp Garden Personal Care Services 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 494 MyFord Touch If Equipped Subcategories Automobile Dealership Govt Office Public Transit Education To expand these listings press the in front of the POI listing The system also allows you to sort the POIs alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr listings if available cityseekr If Available Note cityseekr point of interest POI information is limited to approximately 154 cities 132 in the U S 13 in Canada and 9 in Mexico cityseekr is a service which provides additional information about certain POIs a i such as restaurants hotels and attractions I When you have selected a POI the it k location and information appear such as Cl ys e e r address and phone number If the POI is listed with cityseekr you also see information such as a brief description check in and check out times when the restaurant is open etc Press More Information for a longer review a list of services and facilities the average room or meal price as well as the website link This screen displays the POI icon such as
430. risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 52 Supplementary Restraints System SAFETY CANOPY CURTAIN AIRBAGS WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the curtain airbags its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing curtain airbags Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS and curtain airbag is provided WARNING To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the curtain airbag WARNING If the curtain airbags have deployed the curtain airbags will not function again The curtain airbags including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the curtain airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision The Safety Canopy will deploy during significant side col
431. rk Assist are active Wi Fi and Wireless Editing wireless settings Editing the list of wireless networks Videos Photos and Playing video wallpaper Text Messages Navigation Adding or Editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 431 Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase al
432. rly inflated and use only the recommended size e Use the recommended engine oil e Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance There are also some things you may want to avoid doing because they reduce your fuel economy e Avoid sudden or hard accelerations e Avoid revving the engine before turning off the car e Avoid long idle periods e Do not warm up your vehicle on cold mornings e Reduce the use of air conditioning and heat 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Driving Hints 247 Avoid using speed control in hilly terrain Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Avoid carrying unnecessary weight approximately 1 mile per gallon 0 4 kilometers per liter is lost for every 400 pounds 180 kilograms of weight carried Avoid adding particular accessories to your vehicle e g bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski racks Avoid driving with the wheels out of alignment DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Note Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is subm
433. rmal oil change interval is 5000 miles 8000 kilometers If the available API SM or SN oils are not available then the oil change service interval is 3000 miles 4800 kilometers Engine air filter amp cabin air filter replacement Engine air filter and cabin air filter life is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter ENGINE COOLANT AND MOTOR ELECTRONICS COOLANT CHANGE RECORD Initial change Six years or 100000 miles 160000 km whichever comes first After initial change Every three years or 50000 miles 80000 km 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 376 Scheduled Maintenance Engine Coolant and Motor Electronics Coolant Change Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 377 EB W ZA NE Powered by Microsoft SYNC is an in vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and portable media pla
434. rmation eee 457 Traffic Directions and SYNC AppLink ss 405 m c i SYNOS eustomer affic pos erences s SUDDOEL Liao nene 378 429 m terlock BSD 210 rake shift interloc ees SYNC Services 402 467 fluid checking and adding System settings ssss 481 automatis J aurora 288 fluid refill capacities 346 T lubricant specifications 346 Temperatures dal Turn sienak eiii 93 see Climate control 148 489 y Temporary mobility kit 335 Text messaging HE 390 463 USB DO butacas 144 453 Text messaging sending Using privacy mode 386 downloading deleting 390 392 v Tilt steering wheel 84 jii APRENDEN RENE 316 317 Vehicle health report 400 477 alignment sees 330 Vehicle Identification Number tha c PIRE tete liar 316 A 351 checking the pressure 326 inflating ss 324 Vehicle loading 236 label nica 323 Ventilating your vehicle 176 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Index 528 Voice commands in media MOE Lesser coche dires 407 Voice commands in phone MOS DT 383 Voice recognition 434 W Warning lights see Lights 106 Washer fluid 288 289 reservoir ssssssseee 279 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners G
435. rned to the high voltage battery through regenerative braking 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 106 Instrument Cluster WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious Some lamps will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information Note Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle Anti Lock Braking System If it illuminates when you are driving this indicates a 5 malfunction You will continue to have the normal braking system without ABS unless the brake warning lamp is also illuminated Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Battery If it illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction Switch E off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by your authorized dealer Brake System OIO It will illuminate when the parking brake is engaged and the eey ignition is on If it iluminates when you are driving check that the parking brake is not engaged If the parking brake is not engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Driving
436. rogram the transmitters to your vehicle or you may be able to program them yourself See the Security chapter for information on programming your transmitters 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 64 MyKey PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as an administrator key or admin key which can be used to e create a restricted key e program optional MyKey settings e clear all MyKey features altogether Once a key has been programmed you can access the following information using the information display control e How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to the vehicle e The total distance the vehicle has been driven with a MyKey For vehicles equipped with intelligent access push button start when both a MyKey and an admin intelligent access key fob are present the admin fob will be recognized by the vehicle to start the engine Standard Settings These settings cannot be changed e Belt Minder This cannot be disabled and the five minute timer does not expire The audio system is muted when MyKey Belt Minder is activated Early low fuel Warnings are displayed in the information display control followed by an audible tone when the fuel tank is at one
437. rol po Reject the call by pressing Reject on the touchscreen or by t pressing this button on your steering wheel control Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 462 MyFord Touche If Equipped Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options When you select You can Access the on screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call During an active call you can also choose to mute the call put it on hold activate privacy returns the call to your cellular phone join two calls or end the call phonebook contacts and call history folder Phonebook Access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen To turn on contact picture settings if your device supports this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On Certain smart phones may support transferring street addresses when listed with phone book contact information If this feature is supported you can select and use these addresses as destinations and also save them as favorites 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 463 History Access any previously dialed received or mi
438. ront fenders See the Cleaning chapter for more information e Periodically wash vehicles stored in exposed locations e Touch up raw or primed metal to prevent rust e Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when the vehicle is washed See the Cleaning chapter for more information e Lubricate all hood door and trunk lid hinges and latches with a light grade oil See the Cleaning chapter for more information e Cover interior trim to prevent fading e Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Engine e The engine oil and filter should be changed prior to storage as used engine oil contain contaminates that may cause engine damage e Start the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature e With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Vehicle Care 313 Fuel system e Fill the fuel tank with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Note During extended periods of vehicle storage 80 days or more fuel may deteriorate due to oxidation Add a quality gas stabilizer product to the vehicle fuel system whenever actual or expected storage periods exceed 30 days Follow the instructions on the additive label The vehicle should then be operated at idle speed to c
439. rrect tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 ft 8 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft 3 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 329 Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the TPMS indicator is flashing your TPMS is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS or some component of the TPMS may be damaged Safety Practices WARNING If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud sand etc do not rapidly spin the tires spin
440. rreursrio ad y juepooo OY ppv S oA9 UOISSTULO poseojour pue Aurouooo ong poonpod ooueurioj od ourguo poonpai sporred Sup uego ourguo 1o8uo ul JMS ueo pogroeds suo oy uey 1930 STO SUISA eurguo MOA Jo JTIQUINP oy Sururejureur 9 A youq amp urouooo ong e SoAIS YITYM TIO SUISUO PIO YILM pesn oq o3 peusrsep Useq seu ourguo MOL ALE uoneogniep IdV 94 amp ejdsrp pue GAD 03 M8 AVS V GPEOZN SSM uoneogroeds prog Jo sjueuremboz ay Joour ATUO poou ro urSuy amp rojeputur JOU ST IO 1030ur puo q oreujus IO DJSYJU S JO esp p10 3oqumw Hed PIOA JO oUIGN Hed PAOH 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 350 Capacities and Specifications MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS Spark plugs CYFS12YPC5 SP531 Cabin air filter FP70 Windshield wiper blade WW29 driver side WW25 passenger side Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used Only use the specified replacement oil filter The use of a non specified oil filter can result in engine damage For spark plug replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Information for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs Have your authorized dealer replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your veh
441. rst then Lifetime Summary will be displayed You can toggle between these displays using the up and down arrow keys on the left hand steering wheel controls Trip Summary data is from the last power cycle while Lifetime Summary data is cumulative from the last Lifetime Summary reset done through the Settings menu in the message center Trip Summary e Distance The total distance travelled distance travelled on battery power only EV distance and regen distance are displayed Regen distance is the estimated range gained from energy recaptured through regenerative braking e Energy Use The average fuel economy and total fuel used are displayed In addition for Energi the total electrical energy used while in Plug in Power Mode is displayed in kilowatt hours kWh Trip Summary average fuel economy will be shown in blue if better than your lifetime average fuel economy e Brake Score The average percentage of braking energy recaptured and returned to the high voltage battery through regenerative braking The brake score will be shown in blue if greater than better than the lifetime brake score Lifetime Summary e Distance The distance travelled on battery power only EV distance and regen distance are displayed Regen distance is the estimated range gained from energy recaptured through regenerative braking e Energy Use Average fuel economy e Brake Score The average percentage of braking energy recaptured and retu
442. rtised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the ignition off before fueling an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running e Use the same fill rate low medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles 3000 miles 3200 kilometers 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Calculate fuel economy as follows Standard Divide miles traveled by gallons used Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving
443. s With this feature off the system does not automatically switch to the inserted media source 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 483 Media Player Bluetooth Devices Select to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically attempts to connect to that device at every ignition cycle Gracenote Database Allows you to view the version level of the Info Gracenote Database Gracenote Mgmt With this feature on metadata information is pulled from the Gracenote Database for your music files This overrides information from your device This feature defaults to off Cover Art Priority With this feature on cover art is pulled from the Gracenote Database for your music files This overrides any art from your device This feature defaults to Media Player Navigation Press the Settings icon Settings Navigation then select from the following Map Preferences Turn breadcrumbs on and off Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top Turn the Parking POI notification on and off Route Preferences Have the system display the shortest route fastest route or most ecological route Have the system avoid freeways Have the system avoid tollroads Have the system avoid ferries or car trains Have the system use HOV high occupancy vehicle lanes
444. s and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 om service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle See your authorized dealer for availability SATELLITE RADIO For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite radio electronic serial number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is found on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options Potential Satellite Radio Reception Issues Antenna For optimal reception performance keep the obstructions antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense
445. s a list for you to choose from ENTERTAINMENT Your system offers many media options You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands Browsing Device Content When listening to any type of audio you can browse through other devices without having to change sources For example if you are currently listening to the radio you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device Press the voice icon on the steering wheel When prompted us you can say BROWSE within Devices 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 440 MyFord Touche If Equipped BROWSE within Devices Browse USB If you have said Browse you can then say any commands in the following chart If equipped with SIRIUS satellite radio BROWSE lt League gt games Sirius category gt channels If equipped with SIRIUS satellite radio For a complete list of Browse voice commands see USB and SD card voice commands and Bluetooth audio voice commands in the following sections AM FM Radio Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select the AM or FM tab To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab When you select You can Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the station is being saved then sound returns when it is done
446. s in the following chart If you are not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the commands in the following chart Repeat off Repeat track Play next track Shuffle Shuffle off WMA or MP3 only SD Card Slot and USB Port SD Card Slot Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to pull the card to remove it as this could cause damage The card slot can be used for your navigation card if equipped See Navigation system later in this chapter for more information The slot is located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access and play music from your SD card slot press the lower left corner of the touchscreen ooo SD logo is a trademark of SD 3C LLC gt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 454 MyFord Touche If Equipped USB Port The ports are located either in the center Y console or behind a small access door in the mm instrument panel To access and play music O O O ma from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks flash drives thumb drives and also charge devices if they support this feature In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible
447. s of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire Wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 millimeters tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch Z millimeters When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 327 WARNING Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure etc the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced aft
448. s on the voice response menu an authorized Ford dealer or service center as soon as possible as there may be other steps to secure and or discharge the HV battery Call 911 if you observe leaking fluids sparks smoke or flames or hear gurgling or bubbling from the HV battery 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 252 Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the U S Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours a day seven days a week e for the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your owner s manual portfolio Roadside assistance will cover e a flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit e battery jump start e lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility e fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5 liters of gasoline or 5 0 gallons 18 9 liters of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e winch out available within 100 feet 30 5 meters of a paved or
449. s they are indexed If turned off indexed media is not available until the indexing process is complete SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if the maximum indexing file size is reached Bluetooth Audio This is a phone dependent feature which allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth enabled phone If supported by your device you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track SYNC Line In Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over the vehicle s speakers Note If you have already connected a device to the USB port you cannot access the line in feature Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 411 Media Settings Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings Once these selections are turned on they remain on until turned off Press SEEK to play the previous or next track Note Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Press OK to select and then scroll to choose from Shuffle Press OK to shuffle available media files in the current playlist Note To shuffle all media tracks you must select Play All in the Play Menu and then select Shuffle Repeat Press OK to repeat any song Autoplay Press OK to listen to mu
450. s to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training equipment or both so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away from Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing Address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fordowner com These are some of the items that can be found online e U S Dealer Locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code e Owner Manuals e Maintenance Schedules e Recalls e Ford Extended Service Plans 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 260 Customer Assistance e Ford Genuine Accessories e Service specials and promotions In Canada Mailing address Customer Rel
451. s you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files are played regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the mp3 files in the current folder 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Audio System 135 AM FM CD WITH SYNC MN WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle 5 control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that you use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving Note Your audio system can operate for up to one hour after the ignition is turned off Press the ON OFF control to operate the system with the ignition turned off The system automatically turns off after one hour A Eject Eject the CD B Cursor arrows Scroll
452. sconnected the negative battery cable and closed the liftgate fully you will need to connect a 12 volt power supply to the jump start prongs under the hood so that you can open the liftgate See Jump Starting the Vehicle in the Roadside Emergencies chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Vehicle Care 315 Low voltage battery except C MAX Energi Complete the following steps 1 Check and recharge the low voltage battery as necessary Keep connections clean 2 If you disconnected the negative battery cable connect the negative battery cable to the low voltage battery 3 Install the cargo area floor storage interior trim panel and secure with the bolts 4 Install the carpet to the cargo area 5 Remove the painter s tape from the liftgate latch 6 Close the liftgate Note If you disconnected the negative battery cable it will be necessary to reset memory features See Changing the Low Voltage Battery Low voltage battery C MAX Energi Complete the following steps 1 Check and recharge the low voltage battery as necessary Keep connections clean 2 If you disconnected the negative battery cable connect the negative battery cable to the low voltage battery 3 Install the low voltage battery access panel to the rear of the cargo area 4 Remove the painter s tape from the liftgate latch 5 Close the liftgate Note If you disconnected the negative battery cable
453. scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates Bluetooth features Delete a paired media device Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 416 SYNC Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts language performing a master reset as well as returning to factory defaults 1 Press AUX and then MENU to access the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from the following When you select Prompts Have SYNC guide you via questions helpful hints or ask you for a specific action 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Choose from English Francais and Espanol The displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selecti
454. se the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle is free to roll hold the brake pedal down while in this position Because of the unique nature of the hybrid vehicle the engine will not start in the N Neutral position 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Transmission 209 The vehicle does not charge the high voltage battery in the N Neutral position Do not idle the vehicle in N Neutral for extended periods as this will discharge your high voltage battery D Drive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy D Drive with Grade Assist Press the transmission control switch on the side of the gearshift lever to activate grade assist and cancel overdrive gt Grade assist E e The grade assist lamp in the instrument cluster is oo illuminated e Provides additional grade braking with a combination of engine motoring and high voltage battery charging to help maintain vehicle speed when descending a grade e As the vehicle determines the amount of engine motoring and high voltage battery charging you may notice the engine speed increasing and decreasing to help maintain your vehicle speed when descending a grade Press the transmission control switch again to return to normal D Drive e The grade assist lamp in the instrument clust
455. se lamp B Tail lamp Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing the License Plate Lamp Bulb 1 Carefully release the spring clip 2 Remove the lamp oc n o gt a 3 Remove the bulb t gt Install the new bulb in reverse 3 2 order 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 304 Maintenance Replacing the Center High Mounted Brake Lamp Bulbs 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 1 Open the liftgate 2 Detach the clips above the inboard side of the rear window 3 Insert a suitable tool into the holes 4 Carefully pull the lamp towards the front of the vehicle in order to release the spring clips 5 Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle Maintenance 305 6 Remove the bulb holder 7 Remove the bulb Install the new bulb in reverse order BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time Headlamps high beam H11 W5W Tail lamp in the liftgate P21 5W W16W W5W WOW W5W LED 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 306 Vehicle Care GEN
456. ses Convenience Charging and MyFord Mobile The setting up of the charging convenience features is primarily done with the MyFord Mobile smart phone application Visit myfordmobile com for more complete information and to set up your MyFord Mobile account Your electric vehicle also has some convenience features to improve your charging experience Value Charge The vehicle schedules charging at the lowest available utility rates Contact your utility company to see what rates are available Charge Now Fully charge your vehicle at the quickest rate The vehicle starts charging immediately after you connect the charging plug into the vehicle My GO Time Setting My GO times through the MyFord Mobile application allows you to set charging schedules and cabin preconditioning settings so your vehicle is ready to drive when you are By setting a My GO time the vehicles charge can be completed before your next set drive time A calendar view allows you to program two My GO Times per day for each of the seven days of the week Remember your vehicle must be plugged in for My GO time to work Cabin Preconditioning Get the most miles out of every charge by preconditioning your vehicle while it s still plugged in and charging Use your smart phone to set the cabin temperature and departure time before you leave so you use energy from your home wall outlet instead of your battery to heat or cool your vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Own
457. shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both TeleNav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted un
458. sible corrosion or loose particles 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Capacities and Specifications 345 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Engine 2 0LATKiVCT Engine 122 Coil on plug COP 1231 0 051 in 0 002 in Spark plug gap 1 3 mm 0 05 mm 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Capacities and Specifications 346 gz Pl NI n ALV sorrow CIPD suenb je uorssmusuen ATO 0T LX AT eNOOUAN oF JOW OTRO My JUB9TLIQNT 907 pue S3ure119usg g1 e494010 A C TIUS DO Sqyoer Yeas YOT TEGO IW HS 9seo18 umr yun 407 pooy JUSJeambo 40 G TX 10 p DX 9 SSE 866T OSI pu zv 8999W S PMY exerg IIUBULIOJIS Y O T Wd a USTH AT Y LOG e3 121030yV pue NIN ueeAdeg p104 X9QUINN Hed PIOH JO JWEN 118g PIO H SNOILVOIJIO3dS 1VOINHO3 L oseaJr osodunq nmygq Kxerxne Yoel pooy yaye 100q PIN exexg 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 347 Capacities and Specifications ZU PPELGN SSM epeue 4 TIGE DADO Sn a TIGe OAe V GP60CIW SSM epeuep GISTT0GAG OXDe epeueo cIdS TOGMSOXD 9 SN SAD OZMS OXe SN dSO 0 MS OXe uornvogri odg p1oj 1oqumw Hed po pen pe4d jue oo n ezaejruv ISULIO g3J J94030 A epeuer TO JOJO 2neuju amp g OMS UAVS YeI0 10 0 epeueo TIO 1030 UMTS 1odng OMS AVS amp 3 4210 0 Ne sn TIO 1040W 2neu3u amp g qm
459. sic which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing process Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smart phone See SYNC AppLink earlier in this chapter for more information System Settings Access Bluetooth Device menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Note See System Settings for more information Exit Media Menu Press OK to exit the media menu 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 412 SYNC Accessing Your Play Menu This menu allows you to select and play your media by artist album genre playlist track similar music or even to explore what is on your USB device 1 Make sure that your device is plugged into the USB port and is turned on 2 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 3 Scroll to select the Play Menu and press OK If there are no media files to access the display indicates there is no media If there are media files you have the following options to scroll through and select from When you select Play All Play all indexed media tracks from your playing device in flat file mode one at a time in numerical order Press OK to select The first track title appears in the display Artists Sort all indexed media by artist Once selected the system lists a
460. so be prompted to speak with an operator when the automatic system has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your destination Once your destination is selected your current vehicle location is uploaded and a route based on current traffic conditions is calculated and sent back to your vehicle After the route download is complete the phone call is automatically ended You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination While on an active route you can select or say Route summary or Route status to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and a new route will be delivered to your vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 404 SYNC Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services Quick Tips
461. ssed calls while your Bluetooth enabled phone was connected to SYNC You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or Quick Dial This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system Messaging Send text messages using your touchscreen See Text messaging later in this section Settings Access various phone settings such turning Bluetooth on and off managing your phonebook and more See Phone settings later in this section Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and cannot be completed when the vehicle is traveling at speeds over 5 mph 8 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Select Messaging 3 Choose from the following e isten speaker icon Dial Send Text View Delete 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 464 MyFord Touche If Equipped Composing a Text Message Note This is a speed dependent feature and cannot be completed when the vehicle is traveling at speeds over 5 mph 8 km h Note Downloading and s
462. ssistance Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 Vehicles Sold in Canada Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In Canada the card is found in the warranty information in the glove box Canadian Roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage Please see your warranty information or visit our website at www ford ca for information on Canadian services and benefits Canadian customers who need to obtain roadside information call 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS The hazard flasher control is located on the instrument panel A by the radio Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists e Press the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash e Press the flasher control again to turn them off Note With extended use the flashers may run down your 12 volt battery 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 254 Roadside Emergencies FUEL CUT OFF SWITCH WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicl
463. stantaneous fuel usage Coolant Temp Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator will be white and will be in the normal range between H and C If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range the level indicator will change to red to indicate that the engine is overheating Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible turn off the vehicle and let the engine cool The thermometer indicator next to the gauge will illuminate in blue or white to indicate the following Blue thermometer This indicates that the hybrid system is not warm enough to allow EV operation The gasoline engine will run continuously when the indicator is blue During silent key start mode the thermometer indicator will be blue but the gasoline engine will not run This is the result of the vehicle computer allowing the engine to be cooler during the silent key start period This is normal operation and does not indicate a problem with your vehicle After the first engine start the indicator will turn white when the gasoline engine is warm enough to turn off White thermometer This indicates that the hybrid system is warm enough to allow EV operation If the vehicle operates on battery power long enough it is possible that the gasoline engine may need to run to keep the system warm In this case the thermometer indicator will revert back to blue Note Trip data average fuel economy and average speed cann
464. sted to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements Contact your Ford dealer for details regarding the manufacturer s limited warranty and or a copy of the FLA product limited warranty offered by the accessory manufacturer For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle e When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Consult your authorized dealer for specific weight information e The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems such as two way radios telephones and theft alarms that are equipped with radio transmitters Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with FCC or CRTC regulations and should be installed only by a qualified service technician e Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use e To avoid interference with other vehicle functions such as anti lock braking systems amateur radio users who install radios and antennas onto their vehicle should not locate the amateur radio antennas in the area of the driver s side hood e Any non Ford custom
465. straint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use CHILD SAFETY LOCKS When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door e Driver side turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock e Passenger side turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 32 Safety Belts PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety be
466. sure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties 3 1 License limitations You agree not to do any of the following a reverse engineer decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav c remove from the TeleNav Software or alter any of TeleNav s or its suppliers trademarks trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software or e use the TeleNav Software in any manner that i infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party ii violates any law statute ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening abusive harassing tortuous defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applic
467. t All TV shows Video podcast lt name gt All video playlists These commands are only available in USB mode and are device dependent Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone To access press the lower left corner on the touchscreen then J select the BT Stereo tab Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands E If you are listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice 153 button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button and after the tone say Bluetooth Audio then any of the commands in the following chart Note If your Bluetooth device supports streaming metadata all the commands below are available If your device does not only Next song Pause Play and Previous song are available Bluetooth Voice Commands Browse album Browse composer Play genre lt name gt lt name gt lt name gt Browse all albums Browse folder Play playlist lt name gt lt name gt Browse all artists Browse genre Play podcast episode lt name gt lt name gt Browse all Browse playlist Play similar music audiobooks lt name gt lt name gt Browse all Next Previous composers 2013 C Max Full Hy
468. t out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight e g by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Child Safety 27 This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped See Using Tether Straps later in this chapter 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH WARNING Never attach
469. t of Interest 2 Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this point on the way to your current destination or save it as a favorite Any Avoid Areas selections are also considered in route calculation 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 493 3 Choose from up to three different types of routes then select Start Route e Fastest Uses the fastest moving roads possible e Shortest Uses the shortest distance possible e Eco EcoRoute Uses the most fuel efficient route You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways toll roads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use HOV lanes HOV lanes are High Occupancy Vehicle lanes also known as carpool or diamond lanes These lanes are reserved for people who ride in buses vanpools or carpools Note If Start Route button is not pressed and the vehicle is driven on a recognized road the system defaults to the fastest route option and begins guidance During route guidance the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner green bar can be pressed if the user wants the system to repeat a route guidance instruction Instructions decrease with each press POI Categories Your system offers a variety if POI Points of Inte
470. t times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system is designed to check the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving may be performed 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway or highway followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing the above driving cycle will have to be repeated 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 200 High Voltage Battery HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY 4 WARNING This battery pack should only be serviced by an authorized electric vehicle technician Improper handling can result in personal injury or death Your vehicle consists of various high voltage components and wiring All of the high voltage power flows through specific wiring assemblies which are labeled as such or are covered with a solid orange convolute or
471. tarting the engine and watch the information display for a steering message If a steering message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked WARNING Obtain immediate service if a system error is detected You may not notice any difference in the feel of your steering but a serious condition may exist Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power assisted steering system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal When a steering system error is detected steering messages may appear in the information display 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 234 Driving Aids Steering Tips If the steering wanders or pulls check for an improperly inflated tire uneven tire wear loose or worn suspension components loose or worn steering components
472. te Depending on the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle not all of the messages will display or be available Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus Some messages will be supplemented by a system specific symbol with a message indicator AdvanceTrac Message Action Description Service AdvanceTrac Displayed when the system has detected a condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Action Description To Stop Alarm Start Vehicle Displayed when unauthorized entry into the vehicle has occurred Turn the ignition on to stop the alarm 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Information Displays 125 Brake Fluid Level LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Check Brake System Displayed when the brake system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Park Brake Engaged Displayed when the parking brake is set the vehicle is in ready to drive and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking
473. tem or using a Ford approved flushing chemical 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 361 Owner Checks and Services Certain basic maintenance checks and inspections should be performed every month or at six month intervals Check Every Month Hinges latches and outside locks for proper operation Lubricate if necessary Parking brake for proper operation Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function Safety warning lamps brake ABS airbag safety belt for operation Washer spray and wiper operation Clean or replace blades as necessary 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 362 Scheduled Maintenance Multi point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems Ford Motor Company recommends the following multi point inspection be performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great Multi point Inspection Battery performance Engine air filter Radiator cooler heater and A C hoses damage warning system operation proper pressure For oil and fluid leaks Windshield for cracks chips or pits Half shaft dust boots Washer spray and wiper operation Brake coolant recovery reservoir automatic transmission and window washer
474. tem may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changing Tires with a TPMS Note Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the tire and wheel assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Care must be taken when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus
475. tenance free low voltage battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service Note See an authorized dealer for low voltage battery access testing or replacement When a low voltage battery replacement is necessary see an authorized dealer to replace the low voltage battery with a Ford recommended replacement low voltage battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle To ensure proper operation of the battery management system BMS do not allow a technician to connect any electrical device ground connection directly to the low voltage battery negative post A connection at the low voltage battery negative post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation Note If a person adds electrical or electronic accessories or components to the vehicle the accessories or components may adversely affect the low voltage battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle Note Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some engine control settings are maintained by power from the low voltage battery Some engine computer settings like the
476. ter use and should be handled carefully while unplugging Check the air pressure of your tires as follows 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 2 Unhook the black hose from the side of the compressor and fasten firmly on the valve stem by turning clockwise 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 341 3 Press down and turn the dial clockwise to the air position Turn on the kit by pressing the on off button 4 Adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure from the Tire Label located on the driver s door or door jamb area Note The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading S 5 Turn the compressor off by pressing the on off button 6 Unplug the hoses re install the valve cap on the tire and return the kit to the stowage area What To Do After the Tire Has Been Sealed After using the temporary mobility kit to seal your tire you will need to replace the sealant canister and clear tube hose Sealing compound and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorized Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home however liquid residue from the sealing compound should be disposed by your local Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations Note After the sealing compound
477. tgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U S Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 399 In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would activate 911 Assist however if 911 Assist is triggered SYNC tries to contact emergency services If a connected phone is damaged or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call Failure to cancel the call results in SYNC attempting to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If the call is not cancelled and a successful call is made a pre recorded message is played for the 911 operator then the occupant s in the vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically
478. the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation your local St John Ambulance office at http www sfa ca or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children E A a Recommended aay Child size height weight or age GG nir gus Infants or Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or Use a child safety seat less generally age four or younger sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 18 Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children 4 a Recommended aj Child size height weight or age iaa Small Children who have outgrown or no Use a belt positioning children longer properly fit in a child safety booster seat seat generally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg and upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Larger Chi
479. the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey The key will be restricted at the next start Qu Con The key is successfully programmed Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys To program optional settings for the key s see the Programming Changing Optional Settings chapter Programming Changing Optional Settings Note All programmed keys can be cleared within the same key cycle in which a key was programmed otherwise an admin key is required to clear the keys To clear all keys see Clearing all MyKeys You can access the optional settings through the information display control Turn the ignition on using an admin key Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey Use the arrow buttons to get to an optional feature Press OK or to scroll through settings Press OK or to make a selection gus o9 p 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 66 MyKey CLEARING ALL MYKEYS Note All programmed MyKeys can be cleared within the same key cycle in which a MyKey was created otherwise an admin key is required to clear the keys To clear all MyKeys which removes all restrictions and returns them to admin key status use the information display controls to do the following 1 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey 2 Scroll to Clear All and press the OK button 3 Hold the OK button until ALL MYKE
480. through HD7 channel search None This is a broadcast issue None This is a reception issue that may clear up as you continue to drive None This is normal behavior Wait until the audio is available None The station is not available in your current location Fill out the station issue form at website listed below Fill out the station issue form at website listed below None This is normal behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report radio station experiences HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 446 MyFord Touche If Equipped Radio Voice Commands E If you are listening to the radio press the voice button on the us steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the commands in the following chart lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD FM 1 preset lt gt Tf available If you have said Browse se
481. through on screen choices C CD slot Insert a CD 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 136 Audio System D OK Confirm on screen selections after pressing MENU Clock Set the time Press the H or M buttons on the outside of the display Press the H or M buttons repeatedly until the desired time appears Press OK to confirm the time The clock can also be set by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to the clock settings menu F INFO Access any available radio or CD information G SOUND Adjust the sound settings for Bass Treble Balance and Fade H Number block e n radio mode store your favorite stations for later access When tuned to any station press and hold a preset button until sound returns e n CD mode select a track e n phone mode enter a phone number e Co Bo Pr El I Function Button 4 Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode i e radio or CD you are in J Function Button 3 Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode i e radio or CD you are in K SEEK e n radio mode select a frequency band and press the SEEK button The system stops at the first station it finds up the band e In CD mode press to select the next track or press and hold to advance within the same track L ON OFF e Press the power control to turn the system on and off e Turn to adjust the volume M SEEK
482. tly interpreted by the passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above e To know if the front passenger sensing system is operating PAN properly see Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter If the airbag readiness lamp is lit do the following The driver or adult passengers should check for any objects that may be lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If objects are lodged or cargo is interfering with the seat please take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat e Remove the obstruction s if found Restart the vehicle e Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness lamp is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness lamp remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 50 Supplementary Restraints System DO NOT attempt to repair or service the system take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer
483. ton to first access the SYNC menu 7 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK 8 Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed i e Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 406 SYNC To Access Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice icon 2 When prompted say Mobile Apps 3 Say the name of the application after the tone 4 The app should start While an app is running through SYNC you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app such as Play Station Quickmix Say Help to discover available voice commands USING SYNC WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over the vehicle s speaker system using the system s media menu or voice commands You can also sort and play your music by specific categories such as artists albums etc SYNO is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune Plays from device players and most USB drives SYNC also supports audio formats such as MP3 WMA WAV and ACC Connecting Your Digital Media Player via the USB Port Note If your digital media player has a power switch ensure that the device is turned on To connect using voice commands 1 Plug the device into the
484. tooth Devices appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Device this chapter for pairing instructions Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen then press OK to connect the phone Note Only one device can be connected at a time When another phone is connected the previous one is disconnected Set Primary Phone Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone Press OK to confirm Note SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle When a phone is selected as primary it appears first in the list and is marked with an 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 395 Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Note Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates all Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired phone Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select Exit the current menu This is a speed depende
485. tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 451 Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal Your display may show ACQUIRING to interference indicate the interference and the audio system may mute SIRIUS Troubleshooting Tips Radio Display Possible Action Radio requires more None This message than two seconds to should disappear produce audio for the shortly selected channel Sat Fault SIRIUS Internal module or If this message does system failure system failure present not clear shortly or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel Channel no longer Tune to another available channel or choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at available for this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal Loss of signal from the The signal is currently SIRIUS satellite or being blocked When SIRIUS tower to the you move into an open vehicle antenna area the signal should return Updating Update of channel None The process programming in may take up to three progress minutes 2013 C Max Full Hybrid
486. trol system automatically uses the settings last selected before the vehicle was turned off Heated and Cooled Devices The climate control system controls other heated and cooled devices inside the vehicle These devices if available and selected to AUTO in the information displays may also be switched on during remote start Heated devices are typically switched on during cold weather and cooled devices during hot weather 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 154 Seats SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor WARNING Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not place objects higher than the seat backs to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or during heavy braking or when stopping suddenly Max 30 When you use them properly the seat head restraint safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a collision We recommend that you follow these guidelines e Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees from vertical e Sit
487. troller Coolant 1 Open the inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap 2 Use a funnel to add prediluted coolant to the inverter system controller coolant reservoir Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the inverter system controller coolant reservoir Use prediluted coolant meeting the Ford specification See the technical specifications chart in the Capacities and Specifications chapter 3 Close the inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap Whenever you add coolant check the coolant level in the inverter system controller coolant reservoir the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted coolant to bring the inverter system controller coolant level to the proper level Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available Always dispose of used automotive fluids in a responsible manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 286 Maintenance Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates e t may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 5096 e A coolant concentration of 6096 will provide improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 6096 wil
488. ttern may cause the values to vary Instantaneous Fuel This gauge is available on all Display mode screens and shows the instantaneous fuel economy It can be selected on or off through the Options sub menu From any main display a right arrow press on the steering wheel controls will take you to the Options sub menu Instantaneous fuel economy is displayed in miles per gallon kilometers per liter or liters per 100 kilometers Your vehicle must be moving to calculate average fuel economy If your instantaneous fuel economy is greater than the maximum value the graph can display a sign will be shown next to maximum scale number When the vehicle is operating on battery power only EV is displayed and the gauge fill is shown in blue For Energi vehicles in the Display section of the Settings menu you can choose your fuel economy units as Fuel only or fuel electric When fuel electric is chosen your electrical energy use during Plug in Power Mode is included in your instantaneous fuel economy This is based on its equivalent energy in terms of gallons or liters of gasoline The units will be displayed as MPGe which reads miles per gallon equivalent and similarly km Le and Le 100km 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 116 Information Displays e Inform Inform shows the fuel level battery display and average fuel economy with options available for the Battery Display and an Instantaneo
489. ttery Reverse this procedure to reinstall the service disconnect Reactivating the high voltage battery Note If you have manually disconnected your high voltage shutoff circuit you will need to reconnect the circuit before it can be reactivated The vehicle will detect if the electrical system is safe and reactivate automatically 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 208 Transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING When parking do not use the gearshift in place of the parking brake Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the gearshift is securely latched inP Park Turn off the ignition whenever you leave your vehicle Never leave your vehicle unattended while it is running If you do not take these precautions your vehicle may move unexpectedly and injure someone P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear 1 Start the engine 2 Release the parking brake 3 Press the brake pedal 4 Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park 1 Come to a complete stop 2 Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Rever
490. tton on the steering wheel control After the us tone say any of the following commands 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 467 PHONE Forward text messages Go to hands free These commands are only available during an active call If you have said Messages see the following Messages chart MESSAGES Listen to text messages Reply to text messages INFORMATION Under the Information menu you can access features such as SYNC Services SIRIUS Travel Link Alerts Calendar e SYNC Applications If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation press the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab SYNC Services If Equipped U S Only Note SYNC Services requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Phone earlier in this chapter for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobi
491. turn list Destination nearest lt POI category gt 1These commands are only available when a navigation route is active If you have said the command Destination you may say any of the above commands or commands in the following Destination chart 2H you have said the command Navigation you may say any of the above commands or commands in the following Navigation chart 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 502 MyFord Touche If Equipped lt nametag gt lt POI category gt Favorites Help If you have said Destination you may say any of the commands in the Destination chart One shot Destination Street Address If your vehicle is equipped with the SD card navigation feature you have the ability to enter in a street address using a feature called one shot destination street address When you say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 503 GENERAL INFORMATION SYNC End User License Agreement EULA e You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by FORD MOTO
492. twice one short and one long chirp if autounlock was enabled 6 Switch the ignition off The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Note The autounlock feature can be enabled or disabled independently of the autolock feature 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Locks 75 Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps illuminate when the remote entry system is used to unlock the door s The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if e the ignition is on e the remote transmitter lock control is pressed or e after 25 seconds of illumination The lights will not turn off if e they have been turned on with the dimmer control or e any door is open Illuminated Exit The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when all doors are closed the ignition is turned off and the key is removed from the ignition integrated keyhead transmitter only The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and e 25 seconds elapse e the key is inserted in the ignition integrated keyhead transmitter only e the START STOP button is pressed intelligent access key only Battery Saver If the courtesy lamps dome lamps or headlamps are left on the battery saver will shut them off 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned off Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped If you shut off the
493. two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag e If the indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat The pass airbag off lamp will operate according to the table below Pass Airbag Off Unt Disabled Small child in child EA Disabled safety seat or booster Small child with safety Lit Disabled belt buckled or unbuckled The front passenger sensing system may detect small or medium objects placed on the seat cushion For most objects that are in the front passenger seat the passenger airbag will be disabled Even though the passenger airbag is disabled the pass airbag off lamp may or may not be illuminated 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 49 If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following e Objects lodged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console if equipped e Objects hanging off the seat back e Objects stowed in the seat back map pocket if equipped e Objects placed on the occupant s lap e Cargo interference with the seat e Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat e Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrec
494. u can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to automatically remind you to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle Diagnostic Information e Scheduled maintenance e Open Recalls and Field Service Actions e Unserviced items from vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 478 MyFord Touche If Equipped Making a Report To run a report by touchscreen touch the Information button gt 2 Apps gt Vehicle Health Report EE To run a report by voice command press the voice button on i amp the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle health report Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you run a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect additional vehicle information Ford may use the vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do
495. uch as behind a motor home or a truck These guidelines are designed to prevent damage to your vehicle after it is hooked up to the RV or tow dolly Front wheel drive FWD vehicles can be towed with all four wheels on the ground or with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider If you are towing with all four wheels on the ground refer to the towing instructions found at the end of this section 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Towing 245 All wheel drive AWD vehicles can be towed with all four wheels on the ground or with all four wheels off the ground using a vehicle transport trailer Do not tow your AWD vehicle with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly and the rear wheels on the ground this will cause damage to your AWD system If you are using a vehicle transport trailer follow the instruction specified by the equipment provider If you are towing with all four wheels on the ground refer to the towing instructions found at the end of this section If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Tow only in the forward direction Release the parking brake Place the transmission in N Neutral Place the ignition in the accessory mode See Ignition in the Starting and Stopping the Engine chapter Do not exceed 65 mph 105 km h Start the engine and allow
496. uel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel e Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 190 Fuel and Refueling Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Using the Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System Except C MAX Energi N WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure Insert the C fuel nozzle slowly If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury When fueling your vehicle 1 Put the vehicle in P Park and turn the ignition off 2 Open the fuel filler door 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system and leave the nozzle fully inserted to open both doors until you are done pumping Hold handle higher during insertion for easier access 4 After you are done pumping fuel slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle allow a
497. uetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Your Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults and perform a master reset Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect and delete devices as well as turn Bluetooth on and off 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 415 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from When you select Add Bluetooth Device Connect Bluetooth Device Set Bluetooth On Off Delete Device Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired devices Press OK to select Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature Allows you to pair additional devices to the system 1 Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display 2 Follow the directions in your phone s user guide to put your phone into discovery mode A six digit PIN appears in the display 3 When prompted on your phone s six digit display enter the PIN Connect a previously paired Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of devices 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen and press OK to connect the device Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and
498. uickly Press the AUTO button Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting Recommended Settings for Cooling Press the slow fan speed button cold settings 3 Press the instrument panel vent button to distribute air to the instrument panel air vents Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods During Extreme High Ambient Temperatures Apply the parking brake Move the transmission selector lever to position P Press the MAX A C button Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather Press the windshield defrosting and defogging button Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting Maximum Cooling Performance in Instrument Panel or Instrument Panel and Footwell Positions Adjust the temperature control to the lowest setting Press the A C and recirculated air buttons 3 Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting initially and then A fecha ale cer cr 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 152 Climate Control HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS IF EQUIPPED Heated Rear Window Note The vehicle must be running to use this feature Press the control to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog Press the control again within 15 minutes to switch it off It turns off automatically after approximately 15 minutes or when you switch the ignition off Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the r
499. uide gf 1st Printing USA fus Water Driving through 247 Windows POWEL etnia deed 96 rear wiper washer 89 292 Windshield washer fluid and wipers checking and adding Modistas 288 289
500. uipped Occupancy Mode if equipped and Speed Compensated Volume settings e Hazard flasher Press the button to turn the hazard flashers on or off Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Clean the display with a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or finger prints are still visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 429 Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 8 00pm EST In the United States call 1 888 270 1055 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of the vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible and that you become aware of applicable state and local laws that may affect use of electronic devices while driving When using SYNC do not e Operate playing devices if the power cords
501. uipped on your vehicle such as front side side curtain or Safety Canopy The horn and lamps will turn off when e the hazard control button is pressed e the panic button if equipped is pressed on the remote entry transmitter or e your vehicle runs out of power 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 45 DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS WARNING Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant E frontal and near frontal collisions Mk The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of the following e Driver and passenger airbag modules PS Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness t indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter e Front passenger sensing system 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 46 Supplementary Restrai
502. ults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC phonebook call history text messages and paired devices and return to the factory default settings Press OK to select The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Install Application Install applications you have downloaded Press OK and scroll to select Press OK to confirm System Info Access the Auto Version number as well as the FPN number Press OK to select MAP Profile This is a Bluetooth component which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages Exit the current menu 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 397 SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES IF EQUIPPED Note In order for the following features to work your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC To check your phone s compatibility visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e SYNC Services if equipped U S only Provides access to traffic directions and information such as travel horoscopes stock prices and more 911 Assist Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency Vehicle Health Report if equipped U S only Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle 911 Assist WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on prior to a crash the system will not dial for help w
503. umber for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Information on P Type Tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that may be used for service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 320 Wheels and Tires D R Indicates a radial type tire E 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter F 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires
504. ur steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display settings Press the Settings icon Display then select from the following Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer Mode allows you to set the screen to a certain brightness or have the system automatically change based on the outside light level e f you select AUTO or NIGHT you have the options of turning the display s Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature Edit Wallpaper e You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper Note You cannot load photos directly from your camera You must access the photos from either your USB mass storage device or from an SD card Note Photographs with extremely large dimensions i e 2048 x 1536 may not be compatible and appear as a blank black image on the display Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access press the Settings icon Display Edit Wallpaper then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs Only the photograph s which meets the following conditions display e Compatible file formats are as follows jpg gif png bmp e Each file must be 1 5 MB or less e Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 Sound Press the Settings icon Sound then select from the following Sound Settings THX Deep Note Demo DSP Set Balance and Fade S
505. ur vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value There is a large network of Ford authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle To help you service your vehicle we provide Scheduled Maintenance Information which makes tracking routine service easy If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle Precautions e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the Engine Off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key if equipped 3 Block the wheels Working with the
506. us Fuel Economy gauge When the vehicle is operating on battery power only EV is displayed Hold OK to reset average fuel economy e Enlighten Enlighten displays power demand in addition to the typical information and options from Inform The Instantaneous Fuel Economy gauge will be displayed by default When the vehicle is operating on battery power only EV is displayed and the gauge fill is shown in blue When both the engine and the electric motor are providing power the gauge fill is white Hold OK to reset average fuel economy Engage Engage replaces the power demand gauge from Enlighten with separate gauges for engine power and electric motor power The engine power gauge fill is white and the high voltage battery power gauge fill is blue When the vehicle is operating on battery power only EV is displayed Hold OK to reset average fuel economy e Empower Empower adds an engine on off threshold to the power demand gauge from Enlighten The threshold is shown as a blue double outline The gauge is designed to show you how close you are to the gasoline engine on off threshold and how much power you are requesting by how much you press on the accelerator pedal When power demand is below the threshold the vehicle is operating on battery power only EV is displayed and the gauge fill is shown in blue When power demand exceeds the threshold both the engine and the high voltage battery provide power and the gauge fill is white
507. using the wrong commands at the beginning of name of a song or voice commands the media section artist OR e Say the song or artist exactly e You may not be Jas listed If you say Play Artist saying the name Prince the system does not exactly as it is play music by Prince and the saved OR Revolution or Prince and the e The system New Power Generation may not be e Make sure you are saying the reading the name complete title such as the same way you California remix featuring are saying it Jennifer Nettles e f the songs are saved in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say Play L O L A e Do not use special characters in the title as the system does not recognize them 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 425 Possible Possible Solution s Cause s SYNC does not e You may be e Review the phone voice understand oris using the wrong commands at the beginning of calling the wrong voice commands the phone section contact when I OR e Make sure you are saying the want to make a e You may not be contacts exactly as listed For call saying the name example if a contact is saved as exactly as it is Joe Wilson say Call Joe saved OR Wilson e Contacts in e The system works better if your phonebook you list full names such as Joe may be very short Wilson rather than Joe and similar or e Do not use special characters they m
508. ut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone For more information about 911 Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter Setting 911 Assist On Perform the following Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until 911 Assist is selected Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu Scroll to select between On and Off selections Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation Off selections include Off with reminder and Off without reminder Off with reminder provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start Off without reminder provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection guis co BO rS To make sure that 911 Assist works properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident e A Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone has to be paired and connected to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an ou
509. utlet Using the standard 120 volt convenience cord takes 6 8 hours to fully charge an empty battery 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 202 High Voltage Battery Ford recommends upgrading to the optional 240 volt charging station for faster more efficient charging Use of a 240 volt charging station will take approximately 3 4 hours to fully charge an empty battery Note Your electrical source must meet certain requirements for the high voltage batteries to charge The AC outlet must be a three prong 110 120 volt AC outlet that is properly grounded 15 20 amps or greater and in good condition The line also must be dedicated which means that no other appliances should be connected to the same circuit If a dedicated circuit is not used the circuit breaker could trip or open If a dedicated circuit is not available contact a licensed professional electrician for proper installation Make sure that the 120 volt convenience cord is completely unwound before charging Always plug the cord into the AC outlet e before connecting the charging coupler into the vehicle s charge port receptacle The 120 volt convenience cord inline control box has three indicator lights that Ch represent the charging status power charge and fault The charge port is located between the front left side door and front left wheel well There is an indentation located on the charge port door that allows you
510. vehicle as an admin key includes one additional e Vehicle is equipped with a remote start key system See the Using MyKey with remote start systems chapter MyKey miles do not e The restricted key is not being used by the accumulate intended user e The key system has been reset 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 70 Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock the vehicle Power Door Locks The power door lock control is located on the driver and front passenger door panels A Unlock B Lock Door Lock Indicator An LED on the instrument panel will light when the doors are locked It is not a functional control Central Locking and Unlocking To centrally lock or unlock all doors from the driver s side only using the key from the outside when they are closed e Turn the key counterclockwise to lock all doors The turn signal lamps will flash twice e Turn the key clockwise once to unlock the driver s door or twice to unlock all doors The turn signal lamps will flash once If the central locking function fails to q operate the doors can be individually locked y Es using the key in the position shown On the driver s side turn the key clockwise to lock On the passenger s side turn the key um counterclockwise to lock 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA
511. w lockout Stability control Power windows front and rear Side airbag Windshield washer and wiper Symbol a DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See the SYNC chapter for more information 2013 C M ull Hybrid 34h ATV a nf aft Dy IICA fue USA U S 12 Introduction Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR
512. w these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death Note Do not use the temporary mobility kit if a tire has become severely damaged by driving the vehicle with a tire that has insufficient air pressure Only punctured areas located within the tire tread can be sealed with the temporary mobility kit Do not attempt to repair punctures larger than Y4 inch 6 4 millimeters or damage to the tire s sidewall The tire may not completely seal Loss of air pressure may adversely affect tire performance For this reason e Note Do not drive the vehicle above 50 mph 80 km h e Note Do not drive further than 120 miles 200 kilometers Drive only to the closest Ford Motor Company authorized dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected Drive carefully and avoid abrupt steering maneuvers Periodically monitor tire inflation pressure in the affected tire if the tire is losing pressure have the vehicle towed e Read the information in the Tips for Use of the Temporary Mobility Kit section to ensure safe operation of the temporary mobility kit and your vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Wheels and Tires 337 Tips for Use of the Temporary Mobility Kit Read the following list of tips to ensure safe operation of the temporary mobility kit Before operating the temporary mobility kit make sure your vehicle is safely off the road
513. wer distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment It has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected see Changing the Vehicle Battery in the Maintenance chapter Lift the release lever at the rear of the cover to remove it 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuses 269 ELE SERE The high current fuses are coded as follows Number Rating Cooling fan module Electric water pump Body control module supply 1 Body control module supply 2 Noted o EB FT po i Notus Anti lock brake system pump F7 Vacuum pump F12 Notused used FI3 25A Powertrain control module relay 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 270 Fuses Number Rating PIS Notued F19 5A Anti lock brake system Electronic stability program module Stop light switch Engine control module 15 Powertrain control module 15 Transmission oil pump 15 5 5 5 5 A A A Motor electronic cooling pump A Electronic power assist steering module 15 15A Powertrain control module A mm Electronic A C compressor Positive temperature coefficient heater NE Powertrain control module Energi
514. wer steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system that requires service immediately See your authorized dealer 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 132 Information Displays Power Steering Message Action Description Power Steering Assist Fault The power steering system has disabled power steering assist due to a system error See your authorized dealer Remote Start Message Action Description Remote Start Active Displayed when the remote start System is active Action Description Shift to Park Displayed as a reminder to shift to park Tire Pressure Monitoring System x uz TPMS Message Action Description LOW Tire Pressure Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Tire Pressure Monitor Fault Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer Tire Pressure Sensor Fault Displays when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h
515. when the rear camera delay feature is on or until a radio button is selected Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Cruise Control 231 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNING Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved Note Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up or down a steep hill Apply the brakes if the vehicle speed increases above the set speed while driving downhill Note Cruise control will disengage if the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill Switching Cruise Control On Press and release ON Setting a Speed Press and release SET The indicator light on the instrument cluster will turn on The indicator will turn on in the instrument cluster 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 232 Cruise Control Changing the Set Speed A Accelerate B Decelerate e Press and hold SET or SET Release the control when you reach the desired speed e Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments e Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the
516. whether you d like to reply or forward the message 3 Press OK and scroll to choose between e Reply to Text Message Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre defined messages to send e Forward Text Message Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History You can also choose Enter Number Sending Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages Text messaging is a phone dependent feature If your phone is compatible SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Text Message appears and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options Send Text Message enables you to send a new text message based on a pre defined set of 15 messages Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages only to SYNC To download the messages press OK to select The display indicates your messages are being downloaded When complete SYNC takes you to your inbox 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus SYNC 391 Delete All Messages allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC not your phone To delete the messages press OK to select The display indicates when all your text messages have been deleted and SYNC returns you to the text message menu Note SYNC does not automatically download all of your unread text messages at every ignition cycle as it does with call history
517. will appear in the information display screen indicating that the vehicle is ready to be filled The vehicle will remain ready to refuel for approximately 15 minutes If more than 15 minutes is exceeded the refueling button will need to be pressed again You may experience the fuel pump shutting off if the refuel button is not pressed again 4 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system and leave the nozzle fully inserted to open both doors until you are done pumping Hold handle higher during insertion for easier access b After you are done pumping fuel slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle allow about five to ten seconds after pumping fuel before removing the fuel filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Fuel and Refueling 193 Manual override procedure WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure Insert the fuel nozzle slowly If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury The manual override lever is located inside of the trunk on the right rear side panel When using the fuel door manual override to access the fuel fill inlet 1 You must key on prior to using a manual override 2 Open the fuel door with the manual override mechanis
518. xperts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of your vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of your vehicle Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module which deploys activates the front safety belt pretensioners driver airbag passenger airbag seat mounted side airbags and the Safety Canopy Based on the type of accident frontal impact side impact or rollover the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working See 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 54 Supplementary Restraints System Warning lamps and indicators in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicat
519. y belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height 1 Squeeze the button and slide the e height adjuster up or down 2 Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 38 Safety Belts SAFETY BELT WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR CHIME A This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the LEM drivers safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on Conditions of Operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the on warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off switch is turned to the on position SAFETY BELT MINDER This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning
520. y does my engine never shut down above 60 mph 96 km h Why does my engine stay on when it s extremely cold outside Why does my engine rev up so high sometimes when I accelerate 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus The engine is required to turn on above this speed to protect the transmission hardware For C MAX Energi vehicles you can travel up to 85 mph 137 km h in EV mode In order to ensure that the climate control system can begin heating the cabin or defrosting the windshield as soon as a driver requests it the engine coolant temperature has to be kept sufficiently hot Keeping the engine on is required to maintain the correct minimum temperature For C MAX Energi vehicles this is not required to maintain cabin conditions Your vehicle s engine and transmission are designed to deliver the power you need at the most efficient engine speed This may be higher than expected during heavy accelerations and may fluctuate during steady state driving These are characteristics of the Atkinson engine cycle and the eCVT transmission technology that help maximize your hybrid s fuel economy 184 Unique Driving Characteristics What is the fan noise I hear from The fan noise comes from a fan the rear of my hybrid located inside the high voltage battery This fan turns on when the battery requires cooling air The fan speed and associated noise level will change according to
521. ybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Climate Control 153 REMOTE START CLIMATE OPERATION C MAX ENERGI ONLY The climate control system adjusts the cabin temperature during remote start You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation Turn the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings You can now make adjustments You will need to turn certain vehicle dependent features back on such as e heated seats e heated mirrors e heated rear window You can adjust the settings using the information display controls See the Information Displays chapter Automatic Climate Systems Automatic Settings You can set the climate control to operate in AUTO mode through the information display setting Remote Start Climate Control Heater A C Auto The climate control system automatically sets the interior temperature to 72 F 22 C In hot weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster and heated mirrors are not automatically turned on In cold weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C The rear defroster and heated mirrors are automatically turned on Last Settings You can set the climate control to operate using the last climate control settings through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control gt Heater A C gt Last Settings The climate con
522. yer This allows you to e Make and receive calls e Access and play music from your portable music player e Use 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information if equipped e Use applications such as Pandora and Stitcher via SYNC AppLink Gf applicable e Access phonebook contacts and music via voice commands e Stream music from your connected phone e Text message e Use the advanced voice recognition system e USB device charging if your device supports this 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 378 SYNC GENERAL INFORMATION Ensure that you review your device s user guide before using it with SYNC Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 8 00pm EST In the United States call 1 888 270 1055 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays SYNC Owner Account Why do I need a SYNC owner account e Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online e Required to activate the subscription based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites e Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC e Access to customer support for any questions you may have Driving Restrictions For your safety certain features are speed dependent a
523. your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Appendices 505 SOFTWARES ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade e Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form th
524. ystem or both you can attach the top tether strap The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view v i y Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors Note If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For outboard seating positions route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts For the center seating positions route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint If needed the head restraints can also be removed 2 Locate the correct anchor on the back panel of the rear seat for the selected seating position The anchors are labeled with the tether strap symbol 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus Child Safety 31 3 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown 4 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child re
525. ystem read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in Vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel General operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull ov
526. ystem adjusts the temperature on the passenger side Switching Mono Mode Off Select a temperature for the passenger s side using the rotary control on the passenger s side Mono mode automatically switches off The temperature on the driver s side remains unchanged You can now adjust the driver s side and passenger s side temperatures independently of each another The temperature settings for each are shown in the display Switching Mono Mode Back On Press and hold the AUTO button The passenger s side temperature is adjusted to the driver s side temperature setting 2013 C Max Full Hybrid 34h Owners Guide gf 1st Printing USA fus 150 Climate Control HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE General Hints Note Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up Note A small amount of air may be felt from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting Note To reduce humidity build up inside your vehicle do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on Note Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats Note Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield Automatic Climate Control Note Do not adjust the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold The system automatically adjusts to the previously stored settings

Table of Contents 1 - Ford C

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents